FLOWSIC150 Carflow Ultrasonic Flowmeter - 4.imimg.com · FLOWSIC150 Carflow Ultrasonic Flowmeter ... The two ultrasonic sen-sors in each circuit operate alternately as sender

PRO

DUC

T IN

FOR

MAT

ION

FLOWSIC150 CarflowUltrasonic Flowmeter

Exhaust gas flow measurement for vehicle and engine test benches up to 600 °C

8010284/2012-10Subject to change without notice

2 FLOWSIC150 CARFLOW | SICK

FLOWSIC150 CARFLOW – Exhaust gas flow measurement for vehicle and engine test benches up to 600 °C

FIELDS OF APPLICATION

• Extraordinary performance from the leading manufac-turer of ultrasonic flowmeter technology

• Reliable flow measurement even under minimal flow and during idling

• Reliable operation due to high exhaust gas temperature design

• Versatile concept - ideal for use on existing test benches

• Real-time ultrasonic measurement of the exhaust gas flow

• Independent of pressure, temperature and gas composition

• Excellent measurement accuracy and response time• Patented sensor cooling for use with exhaust gas

temperatures up to 600 °C

YOUR BENEFITS

• Exhaust gas flow measurement in automotive industry research and development facilities

• Real-time exhaust gas flow measurement for vehicle and engine test benches

• Determination of modal emissions characteristics in combination with standard exhaust gas analyzers

AT A GLANCE

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

FLOWSIC150 Carflow offers first class performance in combination with a compact design. This combination of state-of-the-art sensor technology and powerful electron-ics enables excellent measurement accuracy for exhaust gas temperatures up to 600 °C. The ultrasonic measur-ing system generates no pressure loss, has no moving parts, and works independently of pressure, temperature

and gas composition, ensuring reliable, low-maintenance operation. Due to direct measurement of the undiluted exhaust gas, FLOWSIC150 Carflow is easy to install, is non-reactive and is ideally suited for flexible exhaust gas meas-urement on vehicle and engine test benches.

• Proportional regulation of sampling in Bag-Mini-Diluter emissions measurement systems (BMD)

• Low cost of investment due to mobile application with various test benches

• Convenient installation without feedback on engine characteristics and exhaust gas analysis systems

• Extended operating time through patented sensor cooling

• Low operating costs thanks to minimal maintenance requirements

• Direct measurement in undiluted exhaust gas• Fully heated measurement section• Unique pre-heated section for thermal and flow-related

exhaust gas conditioning• Minimal exhaust gas back pressure• Small footprint, mobile concept, flexible connection

options.

L

tr

tv

v

8010284/2012-10Subject to change without notice

3FLOWSIC150 CARFLOW | SICK

L2 ⋅ cos αv = •( – )1 1

trtv

v ∙ A1000Qa.c.=

MEASURING PRINCIPLE

v = gas speed [m/s]L = measured section [m]α = angle of installation [∘] Qa.c. = volumetric flow actual condition [I/s]A = pipe internal cross section [m2]tv = signal transmission time with gas flow in forward directiontr = signal transmission time with gas flow in opposite direction

Ultrasonic run-time difference

Ultrasonic sensors

PATENTED INTERNAL SENSOR COOLING

Four measuring circuits measure the run-time of the ultrasonic pulses. The two ultrasonic sen-sors in each circuit operate alternately as sender and receiver. Due to the gas flow, the run-times of the ultrasonic pulses vary as a result of 'entrain-ment and braking' effects. In the forward direc-tion, run-time tv is shortened. In the opposite direc-tion, tr is extended. The gas speed is determined by the circuit, based on the differences in run-time. Simultaneous measurement across four measure-ment circuits covers a large area of the flow pro-file and thereby increases the measurement accu-racy. The intelligent signal algorithm effectively filters signal disturbances out, in order to ensure high measurement availability and low suscepti-bility, even under highly dynamic flow conditions.

The ultrasonic sensors used in FLOWSIC150 Carflow work with an innovative, patented sen-sor cooling system which enables permanent application of the device at exhaust gas tem-peratures of up to 600°C. The cooling air sup-ply is integrated into the device. Cooling air can-not penetrate into the measuring medium. An emergency power supply maintains the sen-sor cooling system in the event of power fail-ure to protect the sensors from overheating.

Ultrasonic converter

Cooling air outlet

Cooling air handling

Cooling air inlet

Cooling air outlet

Pipe wall

SICK AG | Waldkirch | Germany | www.sick.com

Technical data FLOWSIC150

Measured data

Measured variables Gas velocity, volumetric flow (actual condition), volumetric flow (standard condition), exhaust gas temperature (absolute), acoustic velocity

Measuring rangeVolumetric flow (actual condition)

• 2.5 inch version: 0 - 180 l/s (0 - 650 m³/h; 0 ft³ - 380 ft³)• 4 inch version: 0 - 500 l/s (0 - 1800 m³/h; 0 ft³ - 1060 ft³)

Measuring principle Ultrasonic run-time difference method, 4 ultrasonic measuring circuits, flow-calibrated

Temperature measurement (internal) 2x sheathed thermocouples type K (NiCr-Ni), weighted mean

Pressure measurement Absolute pressure sensor, measuring range 700 - 1300 mbar (a)

Displays

4-line LCD Measured variables, diagnostic values, warning and error messages, splash-proof

Status LED Operation, warning, fault

Installation

Exhaust gas temperature Max. 600 °C

Ambient conditions Ambient temperature -10 ... +40°C, humidity 5 - 95%

Connection versions for inlet and outlet

• Outer thread type G in accordance with ISO 228/1 (e.g., for Kamlok quick-release coupling)

• Quick-release coupling (Kamlok, E-Line, Marman, Tri-Clamp)Pressure loss device < 12 mbar (dependent on process connection used)

Output of measured values and interfaces

Analog outputs 2 x analog outputs 0/2/4 - 20 mA, 10 Hz, for volumetric flow (i.N.) and exhaust gas pressure, apparent ohmic resistance max. 750 ohms, scale freely configurable

AK interface RS232 via 9-pin D-sub or Ethernet (virtual COM port)

Service interface RS232 via USB and Ethernet (virtual COM port) for configuration and diagnostics via SOPAS ET software

Connections for external devices

Heating line connections 2 x, controlled, for PT100 or thermocouple type K (NiCr-Ni), connection via 7-pin Amphenol plug

Temperature sensors 1 x PT100 or thermocouple type K (NiCr-Ni)

Electrical connection

Voltage supply • 90 - 125 V AC; 50/60Hz • 190 - 250V AC; 50/60Hz

Power consumption Max. 1700 W (without external heating lines)

Max. power external heating • 190 - 250 V AC: 1600 W• 90 - 125 V AC: 1000 W

Dimensions, weight

Weight 2.5 inch version: approx. 95 kg4.0 inch version: approx. 140 kg

Dimensions (L x W x H) 2.5 inch version: 1060 mm x 495 mm x 715 mm4.0 inch version: 1180 mm x 495 mm x 715 mm

FLOWSIC150 Carflow Gas flow measuring devices80

1028

4/20

12-1

0 ∙ 3

M ∙

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

PR

OD

UC

T I

NF

OR

MA

TIO

N

FLOWSIC300NON-CUSTODY TRANSFER MEASUREMENT AND PROCESS MONITORING

Gas flow meters

F L O W S I C 3 0 0 G a S F L O W m e t e r S | S I C K 8016137/2014-09Subject to change without notice

2

Worldwide, gas in the natural gas networks needs to be measured, even if it is not billed – for example for process monitoring and balancing or for leak detection. Carrying out these measurements using conven-tional gas flow meters is not cost-effective in large pipelines. The components used must meet high quali-ty requirements to withstand the most challenging environments. The FLOWSIC300 from SICK, a leading sensor manufacturer, is the ideal solution for this apparent contra-diction: It combines quality components and software to produce an economic gas flow meter for flexible use. It can be installed into existing pipelines with a space-saving layout. It is suitable both for non-custo-dy transfer measurement of natural gas and for process measurements in the petrochemical industry.

FLOW MEASUREMENT THAT PROVIDES BOTH COST-EFFECTIVENESS AND QUALITY

F L O W S I C 3 0 0 G a S F L O W m e t e r S | S I C K8016137/2014-09Subject to change without notice

3

Maximum reliabilityThe FLOWSIC300 measures gas flow using ultrasonic technology. It operates without mechanically moving parts, and is largely resistant to contamination and wear. The FLOWSIC300 incorporates proven technology and components of the custody transfer gas flow meters from SICK. This ensures maximum reliability even in challenging ambient conditions.

Simple installationThe FLOWSIC300 can be installed into existing pipelines in a space-saving layout, it is versatile in usage and instal-lation costs are low. The installation site can be chosen flexibly thanks to remote electronics. Installation in underground compartments is also possible. For installation with the hot-tapping pro-cedure, it is not necessary to interrupt the ongoing process.

Reduced purchase costsThe lack of a meter body reduces invest-ment costs in particular with line sizes over 12 inches. After the installation, only the equipment that is absolutely essential remains on the pipeline. For sensor replacement during operation, a ball valve only forms part of the optional sensor extraction tool that is suitable for different measuring points.

Low operating costsThe ultrasonic measuring principle does not generate any pressure loss, wear and is low maintenance. The integrated diagnostics also continuously monitor the status of the FLOWSIC300 and warn against incorrect measurements before they occur. This means that condition-based maintenance can be carried out and costs can be reduced. Thanks to the low power consumption, the power supply can even be realized via a solar module.

Integrated volume correctionWith the optionally integrated volume correction functionality using recognized algorithms a flow computer is unneces-sary in many cases. The pressure and temperature sensors can be fed directly into the FLOWSIC300 to achieve this. An easy-to-implement connection to standard flow computers is still guaran-teed where required.

Powerful softwareThe software offers multiple data and parameter logs, comprehensive reports and continuous self-monitoring of the equipment with early warnings. All this combines to provide an easy-to-under-stand interface.

• Low installation costs • Ideal for diameters less

than 12 inches • Cost-effective

• Higher measurement accuracy

• Ideal for diameters over 12 inches

• Increased resistance to flow disturbances

• For installation during ongoing operations (hot-tapping procedure)

• For probe replacement during ongoing opera-tions

• Can be used universal-ly for all FLOWSIC300 devices

• Maximum measurement accuracy

• Complete configuration at factory

• Easy installation on site

1-path configuration

Product overviewThe FLOWSIC300 is available in 1-path and 2-path configurations. The 1-path configuration is ideal for installation onto pipes with small nominal diameters and for basic control measurements. The 2-path configuration offers a higher level of accuracy, in particular with flow disturbances. Suitable for installation and sensor replacement during ongoing operations is the universal sensor extraction tool that offers maximum security with pressure lock. For the highest possible measure-ment accuracy and ease-of-use, the FLOWSIC300 can be pre-installed and calibrated at SICK in a pipe section (spool).

2-path configuration Optional sensor extraction tool Optional pre-installation into a pipeline


4

FLOWSIC300 GAS FLOW METERS

Product descriptionThe FLOWSIC300 ultrasonic flowmeter features a unique combination of high quality components, large measuring range, simple installation and low instal-lation costs. It can be used anywhere where custody approval is not required: for internal measurements in the natural gas grid and with process measure-ments in the petrochemical industry. The FLOWSIC300 incorporates proven technology and components of the cus-tody transfer gas flow meters from SICK

for custody transfer and combines these to produce a cost-effective flowmeter for a variety of applications. The transmitter at a distance of up to 15 m away from the measuring point facilitates a high level of flexibility in installation and in-cludes continuous self-diagnostics. The ultrasonic measurement principle does not generate any pressure loss, has no moving parts, is resistant to pulsations and pressure regulator noise and is ide-al for reliable and drift-free operation.

At a glance• Quality components• Modular flexible installation• Non-contact ultrasonic technology

without pressure loss• Measuring range span greater than

100 : 1

• Sensors can be replaced under pressure

• Low sensitivity to pulsation and pres-sure regulator noise

• Remote electronics (max. 15 m)• Bi-directional measurement with

automated diagnostics

Your benefits• Reliable flow measurement for check-

ing purposes• Simple installation into existing

pipelines• Efficient solution, especially for pipe

diameters over 12 inches, thanks to installation onto existing pipelines and without need for a meter body

• Reduced acquisition costs – the sensor extraction tool can be used for multiple devices

• Low maintenance, wear and no dete-rioration

• Low operating costs thanks to automated diagnostics and condi-tion-based maintenance

• Suitable for installation in under-ground compartments via remote electronics and sensors with enclo-sure rating IP 68

Gas flow measuring devices

GAS FLOW METERSFLOWSIC300Subject to change without notice

.

NON-CUSTODY TRANSFER MEASUREMENT AND PROCESS MONITORING

Additional information

Fields of application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

Detailed technical data . . . . . . . . . . . .5

Measuring ranges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6

Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

Dimensional drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - www.mysick.com/en/FLOWSIC300

For more information, just enter the link and get direct access to technical data, CAD design models, operating instructions, software, application examples and much more.

ABCDEF

HIJKLMNOPQRST

1272557210

1272557100

1272557110

1272557300

www.mysick.com/en/FLOWSIC300


5

GAS FLOW METERS FLOWSIC300

Fields of application• Gas flow measurement in non custody transfer applications• Control measurements in the field of natural gas transfer

and storage• Internal measurements for balancing purposes• Associated gas measurement

• Efficiency monitoring in gas compressor stations• Flare gas and process measurements for design pressure

of over 16 bar• Pipeline leakage detection

Detailed technical dataThe exact device specifications and performance data of the product may deviate from the information provided here, and depend on the appli-cation in which the product is being used and the relevant customer specifications.

System

Measured values Volumetric flow, a. c., volume a. c., gas velocity, sound velocity

Measurement principle Ultrasonic transit time difference measurement

Number of measuring paths 1, 2

Measuring medium Natural gas, process gases, high pressure flare gases, air

Measuring ranges

Gas velocity 0.3 ... 60 m/s

Depending on the nominal size of the pipe

Measuring span Max. 1 : 130

Repeatability < 0.5 % of the measured value

Uncertainty of measurement

1 % ... 5 % Of the measured value (depending on device configuration)

Gas temperature

–40 °C ... +180 °C

Operating pressure 0 bar (g) ... 100 bar (g)

Nominal pipe size

4" ... 56"

Ambient temperature

–40 °C ... +60 °C

Storage temperature –40 °C ... +70 °C

Ambient humidity ≤ 95 % Relative humidity; non-condensing

Ex-approvals

ATEXIECEx

CSA

II 1/2G Ex de ib [ia] IIC T4Gb/Ga Ex de ib [ia Ga] IIC T4On request The ultrasonic sensors are intrinsically safe: “ia”

Electrical safety CE

Enclosure rating

Sender/receiver units IP 68

SPU control unit IP 65 / IP 67

Analog outputs 1 output: 4 ... 20 mA, 200 Ω Active/passive, electrically isolated

Digital outputs 3 outputs: Passive, electrically isolated, Open Collector or according to NAMUR (EN 50227), fmax = 6 kHz (scalable)

Interfaces 1 x RS-485 (for configuration, measured value output and diagnosis)

Bus protocol Modbus ASCII / RTUHART

ABCDEF

HIJKLMNOPQRST


6


Dimensions (W x H x D) See dimensional drawings

Weight Sender/receiver unit: approx. 15 kgSPU control unit: approx. 6 kgRetraction device in case: approx. 45 kgAdapter 1.5" Cl.600: approx. 5 kg

Mounting Assembly nozzle 1.5" CI.600 according ANSI B16.5 for welding on the pipeLength of sensor cables: 5 m or 15 mInstallation of control unit SPU on 2"-tube or wall mounting

Electrical connection

Voltage 12 ... 28.8 VWith active analog output: 15 ... 28.8 V

Power consumption < 1 W

Measuring ranges

System

Nominal size

Inner diameter, typical Maximum volume flow a. c. Maximum velocity

mm m³/h ft³/h m/s

DN 100 4" 102.3 1,700 59,500 60

DN 150 6" 154.1 3,300 115,500 50

DN 200 8" 202.7 5,200 182,000 45

DN 250 10" 254.4 7,300 255,500 40

DN 300 12" 304.8 8,600 301,000 33

DN 350 14" 336.6 10,500 367,500 33

DN 400 16" 387.4 14,000 490,000 33

DN 450 18" 438.2 17,900 626,500 33

DN 500 20" 489 22,300 780,500 33

DN 600 24" 590.6 32,500 1,137,500 33

DN 700 28" 692.2 40,600 1,421,000 30

DN 750 30" 743 46,800 1,638,000 30

DN 800 32" 793.8 53,400 1,869,000 30

DN 900 36" 895.4 68,000 2,380,000 30

DN 1000 40" 992.2 83,500 2,922,500 30

DN 1050 42" 1,043 92,200 3,227,000 30

DN 1100 44" 1,093.8 94,700 3,314,500 28

DN 1200 48" 1,195.4 109,000 3,815,000 27

DN 1300 52" * 1,290 122,300 4,280,500 26

DN 1400 56" * 1,390 136,500 4,777,500 25

The maximum volume flow may be additionally limited by the operation pressure and damping effects.

* Not standardized according to ANSI B36.10.

ABCDEF

HIJKLMNOPQRST


7

GAS FLOW METERS FLOWSIC300

Ordering informationOur regional sales organization will help you to select the optimum device configuration.

Dimensional drawings (Dimensions in mm (inch))

Sender/receiver unit

Ø 195 (7.68)

Ø 114.3 (4.50)

341 (13.43)

201 (7.91)

SPU control unit

170 (6.69) 211 (8.31)

351

(13.

82)

168

(6.6

1)

150 (5.91) 150 (5.91)

ABCDEF

HIJKLMNOPQRST


8


Installation

834

(32.

83)

291

(11.

46)

60°

�

�

�

�

1 Maximum lateral place requirement using the sensor extraction tool2 Nominal pipe size3 Maximum lateral place requirement during operation4 SPU control unit

ABCDEF

HIJKLMNOPQRST


9

NOTES


1 0

NOTES


1 1

Product

Applications

Literature

Service

Accessories

Software

Search online quickly and safely – with the SICK “Finders” Efficiency – with the e-commerce tools from SICK

Product Finder: We can help you to quickly target the product that best matches your application.

Applications Finder: Select the application description on the basis of the challenge posed, industrial sector, or product group.

Literature Finder: Go directly to the operating instructions, technical information, and other literature on all aspects of products from SICK.

These and other “Finders” at - www.mysick.com

Find out prices and availability: Determine the price and possible delivery date of your desired product simply and quickly at any time.

Request or view a quote: You can have a quote generated online here. Every quote is confirmed to you via e-mail.

Order online: You can go through the ordering process in just a few steps.

WWW.MYSICK.COM – SEARCH ONLINE AND ORDER

SERVICES FOR MACHINES AND SYSTEMS: SICK LifeTime ServicesOur comprehensive and versatile LifeTime Services are the perfect addition to the comprehensive range of products from SICK. The services range from product-independent consulting to traditional product services.

Training & EducationPractical, focused and professional

Upgrade & RetrofitsEasy, safe, economical

Consulting & DesignSafe and professional

Verification & OptimizationSafe and regularly inspected

Product & System SupportReliable, fast and on-site

SERVICES

8016

137/

2014

-09

∙ 4M

_PS

∙ Pre

USm

od e

n43


SICK AT A GLANCESICK is a leading manufacturer of intelligent sensors and sensor solutions for industrial applications. With more than 6,500 employees and over 50 subsidiaries and equity investments as well as numerous repre-sentative offices worldwide, we are always close to our customers. A unique range of products and services creates the perfect basis for controlling processes securely and efficiently, protecting individuals from accidents and preventing damage to the environment.

We have extensive experience in various industries and understand their processes and requirements. With intelligent sensors, we can deliver exactly what our customers need. In application centers in Europe, Asia and North America, system solutions are tested and optimized in accordance with customer specifica-tions. All this makes us a reliable supplier and development partner.

Comprehensive services round out our offering: SICK LifeTime Services provide support throughout the machine life cycle and ensure safety and productivity.

For us, that is “Sensor Intelligence.”

Worldwide presence:Australia, Austria, Belgium/Luxembourg, Brazil, Czech Republic, Canada, China, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Great Britain, Hungary, India, Israel, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Romania, Russia, Singapore, Slovenia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Turkey, United Arab Emirates, USA

Detailed addresses and additional representatives - www.sick.com

O P E R A T I N G I N S T R U C T I O N STitle

Ultrasonic Gas Flow Meterfor Custody Transfer and Process Applications

MEPAFLOW600 CBM and Firmware V3.6.xx

FLOWSIC600Ultrasonic Gas Flow Meter

2 FLOWSIC600 · Operating Instructions · 8010125 V 4.0 · © SICK AG

Document Information

ProductProduct name: FLOWSIC600

Document IDTitle: Operating Instructions FLOWSIC600Part No.: 8010125Version: 4.0Release: 2014-09

PublisherSICK AGErwin-Sick-Str. 1 · D-79183 Waldkirch · GermanyTel.: +49 7641 469-0Fax: +49 7641 469-11 49E-mail: [email protected]

Place of ManufactureSICK Engineering GmbHBergener Ring 27 · D-01458 Ottendorf-Okrilla · Germany

TrademarksIBM is a trademark of the International Business Machine Corporation. MS-DOS is a trademark of the Microsoft Corporation.Windows is a trademark of the Microsoft Corporation. Other product names used in this document may also be trademarks and are only used for identification purposes.

Guarantee InformationSpecified product characteristics and technical data do not serve as guarantee declarations.

© SICK AG. All rights reserved.

Glossary

Abbreviations used in this manual

act. actual (under operating/flowing conditions)

AGC Automatic Gain Control

ANSI American National Standards Institute

ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange

ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers

ATEX Atmosphères Explosifs: Abbreviation for Euro-pean standards that govern safety in poten-tially explosive atmospheres

AWG American Wire Gage

CBM Condition Based Maintenance

CSA Canadian Standards Association

DC Direct Current

DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung

DN Nominal Diameter (internal)

DSP Digital Signal Processor

EC European Community

EMC Electro Magnetisc Ccompatibility

EN Euro Norm (European Standard)

EVC Electronic Volume Corrector

Ex Potentially explosive atmosphere

HART Communication interface

IEC International Electrotechnical Commission

IECEx EC system for certification in accordance with standards for devices for use in potentially explosive atmospheres

LCD Liquid Crystal Display

LED Light Emitting Diode

MDR Manufacturer Data Record

MEPAFLOW Menu-assisted Parameterization and Diagno-sis for FLOWSIC600

NAMUR Normenarbeitsgemeinschaft für Mess- und Regeltechnik in der chemischen Industrie (now "Interessengemeinschaft Prozessleit-technik der chemischen und pharmazeut-ischen Industrie"; ~ Association for Instrumentation and Control Standards in the Chemical Industry)

norm. normalized/corrected (under standard condi-tions)

OI Operating Instructions

OIML Organisation Internationale de Metrologie Legale

PC Personal Computer

PTB Physikalisch Technical Bundesanstalt (~ Federal Metrology Office in Germany)

Reg. # Register number

RTU Remote Terminal Unit

SNR Signal Noise Ratio

SPU Signal Processing Unit

TI Technical Information

VDE Verband der Elektrotechnik Elektronik Infor-mationstechnik(~ Association of German Electrical Engineers)

FLOWSIC600 · Operating Instructions · 8010125 V 4.0 · © SICK AG 3

Warning Symbols

Warning Levels / Signal Words

WARNINGRisk or hazardous situation which could result in severe personal injury or death.

CAUTIONHazard or unsafe practice which could result in personal injury or property damage.

NOTICEHazard which could result in property damage.

Information Symbols

Hazard (general)

Hazard in potentially explosive atmospheres

Hazard by voltage

Information about the use in potentially explosive atmospheres

Important technical information for this product

Important information on electric or electronic functions

Supplementary information

Link to information at another place

Contents


1 Important Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

1.1 About this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

1.2 Scope of document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

1.3 Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91.3.1 Intended use of the equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

1.4 Authorized staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

1.5 General safety instructions and protective measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

1.6 Dangers due to hot, corrosive and explosive gases and high pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

1.7 Dangers due to heavy loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

1.8 Environmental information and instructions for disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

2 Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

2.1 System components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142.1.1 Meter body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142.1.2 Ultrasonic transducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152.1.3 Signal processing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

2.2 Operating modes, meter states and signal output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162.2.1 Operation mode and configuration mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162.2.2 Meter states . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172.2.3 Output of pulse signals and status information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

2.3 Self-diagnosis with User Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

2.4 Data handling in the FLOWSIC600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212.4.1 Integrated volume counters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212.4.2 Logbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222.4.3 DataLogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232.4.4 Diagnostics Comparison Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

2.5 MEPAFLOW600 CBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252.5.1 System requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252.5.2 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

3 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

3.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303.1.1 Delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303.1.2 Transport and storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

3.2 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323.2.1 Measuring location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323.2.2 Installation configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

3.3 Mechanical installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353.3.1 Choosing flanges, seals and other parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353.3.2 Mounting the FLOWSIC600 in the piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363.3.3 SPU alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

3.4 Electrical installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383.4.1 General information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383.4.2 Cable specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403.4.3 Checking the cable loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413.4.4 Terminal enclosure on the SPU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423.4.5 Operating the FLOWSIC600 in non-hazardous areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443.4.6 Requirements for use in hazardous areas with potentially explosive

atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Contents

Contents


4 Commissioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

4.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

4.2 Connecting the FLOWSIC600 to a PC or laptop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574.2.1 Connecting the FLOWSIC600 via RS485 / RS232 cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574.2.2 Connecting the FLOWSIC600 via RS485/USB converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

4.3 Connecting to the FLOWSIC600 with MEPAFLOW600 CBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594.3.1 Starting MEPAFLOW600 CBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594.3.2 Choosing a User Access Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594.3.3 Creating a new meter entry in the meter database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604.3.4 Online connection: Direct serial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614.3.5 Online connection: Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

4.4 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654.4.1 Checking identification, operation / design data and firmware version . . . . . . . . . 65

4.5 Field setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674.5.1 Disconnecting from the meter and closing the session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

4.6 Function test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694.6.1 Function test on FLOWSIC600 with LCD front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694.6.2 Function test on FLOWSIC600 with LED front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694.6.3 Function test with MEPAFLOW600 CBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

4.7 Optional advanced setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724.7.1 Configuration and activation of User Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724.7.2 Configuration of DataLogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744.7.3 Configuring and using the Diagnostics Comparison Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

4.8 Activation of path compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

4.9 Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

4.10 Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

5 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

5.1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

5.2 Routine checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875.2.1 Comparing theoretical and measured Speed of Sound (SOS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875.2.2 Checking the meter health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 895.2.3 Time synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905.2.4 Battery lifespan / capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

5.3 Maintenance report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

5.4 Optional data download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945.4.1 Logbook check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945.4.2 DataLogs check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

6 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

6.1 General troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

6.2 Indication of meter states, system alarms and warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006.2.1 Checking the "Meter Status" window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016.2.2 Checking the "User Warnings" window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1036.2.3 Checking the diagnostic meter values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046.2.4 Battery lifespan / capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

6.3 Generation of a Diagnosis session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

6.4 Meter connection troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Contents


7 Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

7.1 Conformities and technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107.1.1 CE certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107.1.2 Standard compatibility and type approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107.1.3 WELMEC compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107.1.4 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

7.2 Logbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1187.2.1 Overview of event entries in meter logbooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

7.3 SPU terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

7.4 Connection diagrams for operating the FLOWSIC600 in hazardous areas in accordance with North American Requirements (NEC, CEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

7.5 Wiring examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1307.5.1 Intrinsically safe installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1307.5.2 Non-intrinsically safe installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

7.6 Sealing plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Important Information


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

FLOWSIC600

1 Important Information

About this document

Scope of document

Safety instructions

Authorised staff

General safety instructions and protective measures

Dangers due to hot, corrosive and explosive gases and high pressure

Dangers due to heavy loads

Environmental information and instructions for disposal



Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

1 . 1 About this documentThis manual describes the FLOWSIC600 measuring system, which is used to determine the volumetric flow rate, volume and speed of sound in gases transported in pipelines. It provides general information on the measuring method employed, design and function of the entire system and its components, on planning, assembly, installation, calibration com-missioning, maintenance and troubleshooting. A detailed description of the various system capabilities, options and settings which will assist in optimizing the meter configuration for a specific application is also included.

This manual covers standard applications which conform with the technical data specified. Additional information and assistance for special applications are available from your SICK representative. However, it is generally recommended that advantage be taken of qualified consulting services provided by SICK experts for your specific application.

This manual is a part of the FLOWSIC600 device documentation.

Documentation available via www.FLOWSIC600.com or from your local representative:

● FLOWSIC600 MODBUS specification document

● FLOWSIC600 HARTbus specification document

● FLOWSIC600 Technical Bulletin ENCODER Output

Documentation available from your local representative after training:

● FLOWSIC600 service manual

● FLOWSIC600 extraction tool operating instructions

1 . 2 Scope of document

The following terms will be used for measurands:

This document applies to meters with firmware version 3.6.00 or higher and extended memory for the storage of e.g. hourly and daily mean values.The software description in this document applies to MEPAFLOW600 CBM V1.3.00.

MeasurandBasic abbreviations and units for FLOWSIC600

Abbreviations used for LCD-Display of SPU

MEPAFLOW600 CBM software

Volume at flowing conditions Vf m³ acf Vf m³ cf Vf m³ acfVolume at base conditions Vb Nm³ scf Vb m³ cf Vb Nm³ scfError volume at flowing conditions Ef m³ acf Ef m³ cf Ef m³ acfError volume at base conditions Eb Nm³ scf Eb m³ cf Eb Nm³ scfTotal volume at flowing conditions Vo m³ acf Vo m³ cf Vo m³ acfVolume flow at flowing conditions Qf m³/h acf/h Qf m³/h cf/h Qf m³/h acfhVolume flow at base conditions Qb Nm³/h scf/h Qb m³/h cf/h Qb Nm³/h scfhMass counter M t lbs M t lbs M t lbsError Mass Me t lbs M t lbs M t lbsMass flow at base conditions Mf t/h lbs/h M t/h lbs/h M t/h lbs/h



Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

1 . 3 Safety instructions

1.3.1 Intended use of the equipmentThe FLOWSIC600 measuring system is used for measuring the actual volumetric flow rate of gases transported in pipelines. It can be used for measuring the actual corrected vol-ume and the speed of sound in gases.

The measuring system shall only be used as specified by the manufacturer and as set forth below. Always observe the following information:

● Make sure the use of the equipment complies with the technical data, information about the permitted use, assembly and installation specifications and ambient as well as operating conditions. Relevant information is provided in the order documentation, type plate, certification documents and this manual.

● Any actions for the purpose of maintaining the value of the equipment, e.g. service and inspection, transport and storage etc., shall be performed as specified.

● Do not expose the equipment to mechanical stress, such as pigging.

● The flooding of the FLOWSIC600 with any liquid (e.g. for pressure or leakage tests) is deemed improper use. The consequences of such actions can not be foreseen or estimated. Improper use may result in failure of the ultrasonic transducers and consequently, failure of the entire flow meter.

Should it be necessary to flood the FLOWSIC600, please contact the manufacturer prior to doing so. In addition, the following instructions must be strictly adhered to:

1 . 4 Authorized staffPersons responsible for safety shall ensure the following:

● Any work on the measuring system shall only be carried out by qualified staff and must be approved by skilled staff responsible for the plant.Due to their professional training, knowledge and vocational experience, as well as their knowledge of the relevant standards, regulations, health and safety regulations and equipment conditions, qualified persons shall be assigned by the person responsible for personal and plant safety to carry out such work. Qualified persons must be able to identify possible dangers and to take preventive action in due time.Skilled persons are defined in DIN VDE 0105 and IEC 364, or comparable standards.

● Skilled persons shall have precise knowledge of process-specific dangers, e.g. due to the effects of hot, toxic and pressurized gases, gas-liquid mixtures and other process media, and of the design and working principle of the measuring system and shall have received and be able to document appropriate training.

● In hazardous areas with potentially explosive atmospheres, wiring and installation shall only be carried out by staff trained according to EN /IEC 60079-14 and according to national regulations.

WARNING: The pressure during flooding may not exceed more than 1,2 times the

nominal pressure (when transducers are assembled).



Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

1 . 5 General safety instructions and protective measuresUsing the equipment for any purpose other than that intended by the manufacturer, or improper operation may result in injuries and damage to the equipment. Read this section and the notes and warnings in the individual sections of this manual carefully and observe the instructions contained therein when carrying out any work on the FLOWSIC600 measuring system.

General instructions to be adhered to:

● Always comply with the statutory provisions and the associated technical rules and regulations relevant to the equipment when preparing for and carrying out any work on the measuring system. Pay particular attention to potentially hazardous aspects of the equipment, such as pressurized piping and explosion protection zones. Always observe the relevant regulations.

● Always consider local and equipment-specific conditions and process-specific dangers when carrying out any work on the equipment.

● Operating and service instructions and equipment documentation shall always be available on site. Always observe the safety instructions and notes on the prevention of injuries and damage given in these manuals.

● Ensure appropriate protective accessories are available in sufficient supply. Always use such protective accessories. Check that appropriate safety devices are fitted and working correctly.

1 . 6 Dangers due to hot, corrosive and explosive gases and high pressureThe FLOWSIC600 measuring system is directly integrated into gas-carrying pipelines.

The operating company is responsible for safe operation and for complying with additional national and company-specific regulations.

WARNING: In plants with toxic and explosive gases, high pressure or high temperatures, the FLOWSIC600 measuring system shall only be installed or removed after the associated piping has been isolated and depressurized (i.e. vented to atmosphere).The same applies to repair and service work which involves opening any pressurized component or the explosion-proof signal processing unit (SPU).

NOTICE: Design, manufacture and inspection of the FLOWSIC600 measuring system is performed in compliance with the safety requirements set forth in the European Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.



Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

1 . 7 Dangers due to heavy loadsThe FLOWSIC600 measuring system must be safely attached to the carrying structure when being transported and installed.

1 . 8 Environmental information and instructions for disposalThe FLOWSIC600 components are easily disassembled and do not contain toxic, radioac-tive or any other environmentally hazardous materials. The instrument consists primarily of steel, stainless steel, plastic and aluminium, and consequently there are few restrictions for disposal, except for the printed circuit boards, which must be disposed of as electronic scrap.

WARNING: ● Only use lifting gear and equipment (e.g. lifting straps) which is suitable for

the weight to be lifted. Max. load information can be found on the type plate of the lifting gear.

● The eye bolts attached to the meter body are suitable for the transport of the measuring device. However, additional loads (e.g. blind covers, filling for pressure tests or associated piping) must not be lifted and transported together with the measuring system without the use of additional support from the lifting gear.

● Never attach lifting gear to the signal processing unit or its mounting bracket and avoid contact between these parts and the lifting gear.



Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Product Description


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

FLOWSIC600

2 Product Description

System components

Operating states, meter states and signal output

Self-Diagnosis with User Warnings

Data Handling in the FLOWSIC600

MEPAFLOW600 CBM


Product Description

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2 . 1 System componentsThe FLOWSIC600 measuring system consists of the following hardware components:

● Meter body

● Ultrasonic transducers

● Signal processing unit (SCU)

The MEPAFLOW600 CBM software is the user interface used to facilitate configuration and diagnosis ( pg. 25, 2.5).

Figure 1 FLOWSIC600

2.1.1 Meter bodyThe meter body consists of a mid section for mounting the ultrasonic transducers, with flanges on either end. The meter body is made of a single-piece casting or forging, which is machined on precision equipment to ensure high reproducibility of the geometric parameters.

The internal diameter, design of the sealing surface, and standard dimensions of the flanges are in accordance with the specifications in the key code. The meter body material is chosen to suit customer requirements. Standard meter bodies are available in carbon steel, low temperature carbon steel and stainless steel.

The meter bodies can be delivered in several nominal sizes ( pg. 112, 7.1.4).

Meter body

Cover cap

Pressure tap

Flange

SPU

Lifting eye

Position of the ultrasonic transducers(cover cap taken off)

Marking for direction of flow (forward)

Product Description


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2.1.2 Ultrasonic transducersThe FLOWSIC600 ultrasonic transducers are optimized to suit your application require-ments. The high quality of the transducer design provides the basis for accurate and highly stable propagation time measurements with nanosecond precision. These transducers are of an intrinsically safe design ("ia", with Equipment Protection Level Ga).

2.1.3 Signal processing unitThe Signal processing unit (SPU) contains all the electrical and electronic components for controlling the ultrasonic transducers. It generates transmission signals and analyzes the received signals to calculate the measuring values. The SPU also contains several inter-faces for communication with a PC or standardized process control system.

The volume counters, log books (errors, warnings, parameter changes) and datalogs are stored in non-volatile data memory (FRAM) together with a time stamp (Logbooks pg. 118, 7.2.) On system restart, the counter readings that were last saved are restored as the start values for the volume counters. The FRAM backup provides an unlimited number of writing cycles and protects the saved data for a minimum of 10 years.

The SPU is equipped with a front panel containing a two-line LCD to display current measured values, diagnostics and logbook information ( Figure 2). An LED display is optionally available. The values to be displayed can be selected using a magnetic pen with-out removal of the window cover .

Figure 2 FLOWSIC600 front panel LCD

The power supply and interface terminals are located on the back of the SPU in a separate terminal section of the enclosure ( pg. 42, 3.4.4).

The electronics are mounted in the SPU enclosure certified to EN / IEC 60079-1 with protection type "d" (flameproof enclosure). The transducer circuits are of an intrinsically safe design ("ia", with Equipment Protection Level Ga).

Measured values

Control buttons for the magnetic pen

Control buttons for manual use


Product Description

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2 . 2 Operating modes, meter states and signal outputThe FLOWSIC600 has two operating modes ( pg. 16, 2.2.1):

● Operation

● Configuration Mode

In Operation Mode, the meter can have the following meter states ( pg. 17, 2.2.2):

● Measurement valid

● Chck request

● Data invalid

2.2.1 Operation mode and configuration modeThe meter can be operated by the user in two modes: Operation Mode or Configuration Mode.

Operation Mode

In Operation Mode, the meter runs in one of the three aforementioned meter states, depending on the measuring conditions.

Configuration Mode

The Configuration Mode is used to modify parameters that directly influence the measure-ment and to test the system and output signals. Configuration Mode forces the meter into the meter status "Data invalid" and the digital output "Measurement valid" is deactivated. Invalid measured values may be produced. The system continues operation using the current sample rate and executes all calculations as in the Operation Mode. Frequency output and analog output may represent test values and do thus not necessarily indicate measured values. Any parameter modifications are applied immediately to the running calculations with the following exception: changes of the sample rate or of the configura-tion of the serial interface are applied after the meter is switched to Operation Mode.

If the meter is in Configuration Mode and there have been no activities either on the LCD display or via MEPAFLOW600 CBM for more than 15 minutes, the meter automatically switches to Operation Mode.

Product Description


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2.2.2 Meter states

2.2.2.1 Status: Measurement valid

The meter status "Measurement" is the standard meter status of the FLOWSIC600. Frequency outputs and current output are updated cyclically and indicate the actual volume and volume flow rate. In addition, the analog signal can indicate the actual flow rate, corrected volumetric flow rate, SOS (speed of sound) or VOG (velocity of gas). The digital output "Direction of flow" is updated in accordance with the direction of the volumetric flow. The digital output "Measurement valid" (active) represents the status of the measurement. Positive (forward) and negative (reverse) volumetric flow rates are integrated and saved in separate internal memory sections.

The MODBUS interface allows the query of all parameters and signals at any time without interfering with the function of the system.

Each measurement initiated by the system controller includes one full transit time measurement with, and one against the direction of flow on each path. The result of each measurement is written to a mean value memory to be used in further calculations. The size of this memory block and thus the device response delay can be modified through the parameter in register #3502 "AvgBlockSize". If no result can be calculated due to poor signal quality, this measurement is registered as an invalid attempt in the mean value memory. The mean value is formed in a variable averaging process including all valid measured values in the memory.

If the number of invalid measurements on a path exceeds a predefined limit (Reg. #3514 „Performance“), the measuring system activates the meter status "Check request".

2.2.2.2 Status: Check request

This meter status becomes active if one measuring path has failed and the adaptive path failure compensation has been activated. The multi-path FLOWSIC600 system is able to compensate for this failure. Measurement is continued with reduced accuracy and the vol-ume is still counted in the volume counters. If a path fails while the path failure compensa-tion is not active, the measuring system will activate the "Data invalid" status.

Moreover the meter status "Check request" becomes active when the system alarms 2002 ("No HART communication to temperature transmitter"), 2003 ("No HART communication to pressure transmitter"), or 2004 ("Maximum pulse output frequency exceeded") become active (table pg. 118, 7.2.1).

2.2.2.3 Status: Data invalid

If the quality of received signals is deficient in one or more measuring paths or the logbook is full or the measured value is out of the calibration range, the SPU must mark the measured value invalid and activate the meter status "Data invalid". The measured volume is counted in the error volume counter. However, the SPU will cyclically attempt to re-establish valid measurements. As soon as the signal quality and number of valid measurements meet the required criteria, the SPU will automatically change back to the "Measurement valid" or "Check request" status.


Product Description

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2.2.3 Output of pulse signals and status information

* The meter can be configured to output a fixed frequency if the meter has the status "Data invalid". The frequency to be output in this case can be configured (0-6 kHz) in Reg. #3034 "ErrorFreq".

** Default setting on delivery.

*** Optional setting on customer request.

The default setting for "Check request", "Configuration" and "Data invalid" is "normally closed".

NOTICE: TYPE APPROVALPulse output signals can be customized as shown in the following table.

Table 1 Pulse output

Output signal / LCD / portSignal behavior

Measurement status Check request status Configuration Mode Data invalid*Pulse output signals

Inverted with error signal **

Phase shift90 ° ***

Positive flow rate

Negative flow rate

Separate outputs for reach direction

Positive flow rate

Negative flow rate

Single pulse output ***

Product Description


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

*The "active" or "inactive" state can be assigned to the electric switch status "normally open" or "normally closed" by configuration in the MEPAFLOW600 CBM software (adjust settings for Reg. #5101 on the "Parameters" page.).

The output signal designation is described inthe Technical Information.

The LCD display can display measured values, parameters, messages and other informa-tion.

A flashing letter in the upper right corner of the LCD display indicates that a logbook con-tains unacknowledged logbook entries. Depending on the type of entry this will be:

● "I" for Information

● "W" for Warning

● "E" for Error

After acknowledging all new entries, the letter stops flashing. For details see pg. 94, 5.4.1.

Table 2 Status output

Output signal / LCD / portSignal behaviorMeasurement status Check request status Configuration Mode Data invalid

"Check request"Status signal

Status"active / inactive" *Measurement valid

Status"active / inactive" *Compensation of path failure

"undefined" "undefined"

"Direction of flow"Status signal

Status"active / inactive" *Positive or negative direction of flow

Status"active / inactive" *Positive or negative direction of flow


"Warning"Status"active / inactive" *

Status"active / inactive" *


LCD display

Display flashing Display flashing

Serial port RS485

● Measured value, diagnosis information and parameters● Measuring data logging, diagnosis and configuration through the MEPAFLOW600

CBM software● Connection with external process control equipment through implemented MODBUS

protocol (data polling)

+V 123456 m³-V 1234 m³

1234 m³ E FLOWSIC600Configuration

+V 123456 m³ E-V 1234 m³


Product Description

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2 . 3 Self-diagnosis with User WarningsDuring normal operation, the ratios of sound and path velocities, amplification values, per-formance, and signal-to-noise ratios are continuously monitored. If these values exceed set limits (customized User Warning limits), a warning signal will be generated. This allows immediate measures to be taken to address a problem which could potentially impact measurement quality. A message in the Warning Logbook documents the time of the event and the specific User Warning limit which was exceeded.

A User Warning becomes active only if a User Warning limit has been continuously exceeded for a certain time (specified in the parameter "Warning duration and averaging for warnings" in the Configuration tab of User Warnings).

During commissioning or operation, the User Warning limits can be adapted and activated or deactivated in the "User Warnings" window in MEPAFLOW600 CBM to suit individual application requirements ( pg. 72, 4.7.1).

Figure 3 Button "User" in the MEPAFLOW600 CBM main system bar, "User Warnings" window

● The "Warning" signal does not affect the functionality of the meter.● All User Warning parameters - except for the parameter ‘Min. VOG for warn-

ings" - can be configured in the User Access Level "Operator" and without switching the meter to the Configuration Mode.

System warningssee Technical Information

Path warningssee Technical Information

Opens the "User Warnings" window

Product Description


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2 . 4 Data handling in the FLOWSIC600

2.4.1 Integrated volume countersThe FLOWSIC600 is equipped with integrated volume counters which can be displayed both on the LCD display and in MEPAFLOW600 CBM.

Integrated volume counters

Last hour/day registers

Additional counters in meters with integrated Electronic Volume Corrector (EVC)

Mass counters

Volume counter Abbreviation

Volume at flowing conditions (forward) + Vf

Volume at flowing conditions (reverse) - Vf

Error volume at flowing conditions (forward)1 + Ef

Error volume at flowing conditions (reverse)1 - Ef

Total volume at flowing conditions (forward) + Vo

Total volume at flowing conditions (reverse) - Vo

Total volume at flowing conditions (all) Vo


Forward volume of last hour Last hour forw.

Reverse volume of last hour Last hour rev.

Forward volume of last day Last day forw.

Reverse volume of last day Last day rev.


Volume at base conditions (forward) + Vb

Volume at base conditions (reverse) - Vb

Error volume at base conditions (forward)1 + Eb

Error volume at base conditions (reverse)1 - Eb

Mass counter Abbreviation

Mass counter (forward) + M

Mass counter (reverse) - M

Mass total (forward) M+

Mass total (reverse) M-

Error Mass (forward)1

1 see Technical Information

Me+

Error mass (reverse)1 Me-


Product Description

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2.4.2 LogbooksImportant system events are stored in three logbooks in the SPU memory of the meter.

Each logbook entry consists of a running index number, the event, a time stamp and the acknowledgement status. Entries in Custody logbook [1] and Warning logbook [2] also include the volume counter readings valid at that time. The events are logged continuously in order of occurrence into one of the three logbooks:

● Logbook 1 (Custody logbook [1], max. 1000 entries)

● Logbook 2 (Warning logbook [2], max. 500 entries)

● Logbook 3 (Parameter logbook [3], max. 250 entries)

Every logbook has its own index counter. Logbook entries are classified on the LCD display according to the event type.

Event types in logbooks

A list of possible logbook entries can be found in the table ‘Overview of event entries‘ in the Appendix, see pg. 118, 7.2.1.

Logbook overflow

If the FLOWSIC600 is not configured as a custody meter, all logbooks are per default con-figured to be overflowing. This means the index number continues increasing, and after the logbook has reached its maximum number of entries, each new entry overwrites the oldest entry.

:Index counter overflow

The index number displayed in the LCD display runs up to 9999 and then overflows. In case of an index overflow, all logbook entries are deleted and all logbook index counters reset.

Acknowledging entries

Each entry can be acknowledged manually on the LCD display (see Technical Information) as well as in MEPAFLOW600 CBM ( pg. 95, 5.4.1.2). It is possible to acknowledge individ-ual entries or all entries at once.

Display Event type

E Error

W Warning

I Information

NOTICE: TYPE APPROVALIf a FLOWSIC600 is configured as a custody meter, the volume counters stop if Custody logbook [1] and/or Parameter Logbook [3] is full. The meter status "Data invalid" is activated. The measured values are now counted in the error volume counter.

If the logbook overflows, the oldest data will be lost. Regularly saving the logbook entries to the database via MEPAFLOW600 CBM ( pg. 94, 5.4.1) and deletion of entries in the meter itself prevents data loss. If entries are deleted via MEPAFLOW600 CBM, the logbook index counter on the meter is reset.

Product Description


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2.4.3 DataLogs1

For firmware version 3.4.03 and higher, the FLOWSIC600 provides two DataLogs (Hourly Log and Daily Log). They save averaged measured values and are stored in the SPU‘s non-volatile memory (FRAM). All data can be downloaded and exported to Excel files with MEPAFLOW600 CBM ( pg. 97, 5.4.2.1.).

2.4.3.1 Hourly Log

The Hourly Log logs hourly diagnostic values by default (dataset type "Diagnostic Values", pg. 50, Table 11) for the forward flow. As long as the flow is valid and the VOG is above Vmin all diagnostic and flow values are averaged over one hour and saved every full hour. The Hourly Log stores these values for more than a month (38 days) by default. They are then overwritten with new values.

2.4.3.2 Daily Log

The Daily Log logs the daily volume counter values by default (dataset type "Volume Coun-ters" pg. 50, Table 12) for the forward flow. All flow values are averaged over one day and saved at the (configurable) Accounting Hour ( 2.8.3.6). The Daily Log stores these values for approximately 2 years by default (1 year and 361 days). They are then overwritten with new values.

DataLog Storage Cycle

Hourly Log and Daily Log can be configured to save entries in a storage cycle of: 3 min, 5 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 hour, 12 hours or 24 hours.

If a DataLog is set to a Storage cycle of 12 or 24 hours, the accounting hour takes effect.

2.4.3.3 DataLog storage behavior

Hourly Log and Daily Log can be configured for the following storage behavior:

● Overflow (Default)

● Stopping

2.4.3.4 Types of datasets stored in the DataLogs

Hourly Log and Daily Log can be configured to store one of the following type of dataset:

● Diagnosewerte

● Volumenzähler

● Standardvolumenzähler

● Massenstromzähler

1 This feature may be deactivated. Please contact your SICK representative.

The following sections describe the default configuration of the DataLogs. The DataLogs can be configured to best suit your application pg. 75, 4.7.2.2.

Storage Behavior "Stopping"If a DataLog is configured with the storage behavior "Stopping", a warning will be shown in the Meter Status Table when the DataLog is full. See pg. 90, 5.2.3.


Product Description

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2.4.4 Diagnostics Comparison Log1

The Diagnostics Comparison Log provides a comparison between current diagnostic val-ues (current fingerprint) and those of a reference time (reference fingerprint, for example, at time of commissioning). Since the diagnostic values (dataset type "Diagnostic Values", see Technical Information Table 11) are velocity-dependent, it is necessary to use a veloc-ity-adaptive comparison. Five gas velocity range classes are calculated from the velocity range of the meter. The current diagnosis values are stored in Current Classes 1 to 5, while the reference values are stored in Reference Classes 1 to 5.

Reference values are collected after the meter has been commissioned or after the classes have been cleared. Reference values are stored in the Reference Classes 1 to 5. If a Reference Class is filled with an entry, the next valid entry is stored into the same velocity range but in the corresponding Current Class (e.g. if Reference Class is filled, the next value from within this velocity range will be stored in Current Class 1). During operation, the Current Classes are continually overwritten with new entries. The Reference Classes stay unchanged until they are manually cleared.

Per default the Diagnostics Comparison Log operates bidirectional, saving separate data for both flow directions. The values are stored in the gas velocity classes 1 to 5, depending on the gas velocity.

Figure 4 Diagnostics Comparison Log

1 This feature may be deactivated. Please contact your SICK representative.

Product Description


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2 . 5 MEPAFLOW600 CBMMost data provided by the FLOWSIC600 (like readings, logbook entries and parameters) can be accessed via the LCD display of the meter. However, the MEPAFLOW600 CBM soft-ware provides a more user friendly access to diagnostic, configuration and measurement data of the flow meter.Software installation

2.5.1 System requirements● Microsoft Windows XP/Windows 7

● Min. 1 GHz CPU

● Min. 512 MB RAM

● USB- or serial interface

● Screen resolution min. 1024 x 768 pixel (optimal display resolution 1280 x 1024 pixel)

Compatibility

MEPAFLOW600 CBM can be used for all firmware and hardware versions of the FLOWSIC600. The availability of the software features depends on the firmware version of the connected FLOWSIC600.

Installation

A product CD containing the MEPAFLOW600 CBM software is included in delivery of the FLOWSIC600. Insert the product CD into your CD-ROM drive to install the software.

Download from www.flowsic600.com

MEPAFLOW600 CBM can be downloaded free of charge from www.flowsic600.com website. Select the Software tab and follow the download instructions.

Administration rights are required for installing the MEPAFLOW600 CBM software. Ensure that the database path specified is one for which users of MEPAFLOW600 CBM have write access.


Product Description

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2.5.2 OverviewThe MEPAFLOW600 CBM software supplies a menu-based user interface with many features for the diagnosis of the FLOWSIC600 system. It allows the access to all system parameters, displays diagnostic information in charts and graphs, generates reports (i.e. Maintenance reports) and data files (records, logs) which can be exported and can be used for data analysis. The MEPAFLOW600 CBM meter database allows online and offline management of parameters, reports, session files and logbooks.

Figure 5 MEPAFLOW600 CBM graphical user interface

Opens the "UserWarnings" page

Opens the "MeterStatus" page

MenuToolbarMain system bar with readingsKey navigation

Software Features(see next page)

Status bar

Product Description


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Software features

Main readings bar DescriptionMeter Status Window displaying the current Meter Status.

User WarningsWindow for the display of the User Warnings and for the configuration of the User Warning Limits and the Diagnostic Comparison Limits.

Key navigation Description

Connect/DisconnectAssistant for establishing online and offline connections between MEPAFLOW600 CBM meter database and FLOWSIC600.

Diagnosis Session Quick creation of session files for diagnostic purposes.Data recorder Tool for the recording and playback of current, future or cached readings.

DataLogsAccess to Hourly Log, Daily Log and Diagnostics Comparison data saved in the meter. Data can be exported to Excel. The Diagnostics Comparison Report can be printed or exported as PDF.

Meter logbook Access to meter logbook and logbook entries saved to meter database.

InformationOverview of higher level meter information: Counter readings, identification and location of meter and display of readings (e.g. flow rate) in graph.

Meter valuesDetailed diagnostic page with graphs for velocity of gas, speed of sound (SOS), path performance, AGC, signal-to-noise-ratio (SNR), turbulence, profile symmetry and user selectable readings (e.g. flow rate). Summary of device status.

Maintenance report Assistant for the creation of Maintenance reports.

Meter explorer

Overview, access and management of the meter database saved on the PC. Includes all meter data and sessions with entries for all changes of parameters, changes of the operating mode, measurement records (including diagnosis sessions) and maintenance reports. Functions for export, import, creation and deletion of meter data.

Go to Operation Mode / Go to Configuration Mode

Operation Mode switches: "Operation Mode" for normal operation or "Configuration Mode" for writing information (i.e. parameters) to the meter.

Program settingsAccess to program settings for the individual adjustment of the program appearance and setup (e.g. settings for file path, memory, unit system and layout).

ParametersAccess to all meter parameters. Assistant for comparing current parameter settings with previous ones.

Save cache Saves the historical data from the PCs memory (cache) to a record. SOS Calculator A theoretical SOS can be calculated for a specific gas composition.

Meter calibrationThe calibration wizard guides the user through the calibration procedure with automated processes to write the information to the meter and generate reports.

Field setup The field setup wizard guides the user through the commissioning procedure.Firmware update Assistant for installing firmware updates.I/O check The I/O check wizard guides the user through a test of all meter outputs.Path diagnosis Access to path diagnosis and graphs of received signals.

Report managerOverview, access and management of all reports stored in the meter database. The report manager enables the creation of Trend reports from saved records and maintenance reports.


Product Description

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Installation


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

FLOWSIC600

3 Installation

General notes

Installation

Mechanical installation

Electrical installation


Installation

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3 . 1 General notes

3.1.1 DeliveryThe FLOWSIC600 is delivered in a pre-assembled condition in a sturdy package. When unpacking the device, check for possible damage in transit. Pay particular attention to the interior of the meter body, any visible transducer components and the sealing surfaces on the flanges. Any damage must be documented and reported to the manufacturer immediately.

Also check the shipment to ensure all components are included. The standard meter ship-ment is comprised of:

FLOWSIC600 measuring system (meter body with signal-processing unit and transducers)

MEPAFLOW600 CBM operation, configuration and diagnosis software

Operating Instructions,

Manufacturer Data Report (MDR)

Figure 6 FLOWSIC600 labels and marks

NOTICE: To guarantee safe and reliable operation of the measuring equipment, make sure the actual site conditions match the information provided on the labels on the meter body and SPU (see Figure 6).

Type plate at meter body see pg. 136, Figure 63

Flange dimensions

Main type plate on the SPU pg. 136, Figure 62

Installation


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3.1.2 Transport and storage

During FLOWSIC600 transport and storage operations, make sure that:

The meter is firmly secured at all times

Measures are taken to avoid mechanical damage

Humidity and ambient temperature are within specified limits ( pg. 113, Table 9).

If the device is to be stored outside for more than one day, sealing surfaces of the flanges and the interior of the meter body must be protected from corrosion, e.g. with Anticorit spray (not required for stainless steel meter bodies). The same measure shall be taken if the meter is to be stored in dry condition, but for more than a week.

Figure 7 Lifting requirements

WARNING: Only use lifting gear and equipment (e.g. lifting straps) which is suitable for the weight to be lifted. Max. load information can be found on the type plate of the lifting gear. It is strongly recommended to use only the eye bolts when lifting the meter by itself. To lift the FLOWSIC600 please pay attention to Figure 7.

NOTICE: Due to natural temperature fluctuation in the course of a day, or if the meter is transported to a place with different temperature and humidity conditions, moisture may condense on any material. Carbon steel surfaces may corrode if left unprotected.

max.45 °


Installation

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3 . 2 InstallationGenerally, the installation arrangement is specified during the project planning phase, before installation of the system. Nominal size, material and type of flange should there-fore be in accordance with the design of the measurement facility. It is particularly important that the meter inlet and outlet is of the same internal diameter as the adjacent piping.

Fastening bolts, nuts and flange seals used must be suited to the operational conditions, and comply with legal regulations and relevant standards.

3.2.1 Measuring locationGeneral requirements:

● The FLOWSIC600 can be installed in customary straight inlet and outlet pipes. The adjacent pipes must have the same nominal size as the meter body. The internal diameter can be obtained from the table (see Technical Information) based on the flange rating and the Standard. The max. permitted difference of the internal diameter of the inlet pipe from that of the meter body is 3%. Any welding beads and burs on the flanges of the inlet pipe shall be removed.

● The meter body may be installed in a horizontal or vertical position. In case of horizontal installation, the meter body shall be aligned so that the planes formed by the measuring paths are in a horizontal position. This minimizes dirt in the pipeline from entering the transducer ports. Vertical installation is only possible if the measuring system is used for dry, non-condensing gases. The gas flow must be free from any foreign material, dust and liquids. Otherwise, filters and traps shall be used.

● Do not mount equipment or fittings which may adversely affect the gas flow directly upstream the FLOWSIC600.

● Seals at the flange connections between meter body and pipeline must not protrude into the pipeline. Any protrusion into the flowing gas stream may change the flow profile and thus the measuring accuracy may be adversely affected.

● Pressure transmitter shall be connected to the pressure tap provided ( pg. 14, Figure 1). The pressure tap can be a 1/8, 1/4 or 1/2 inch NPT (female) port, depending on meter size and customer requirements.

● For the leak-proof connection on the pressure line, a suitable thread sealing agent (e.g. PTFE tape) must be used when the pressure connection adapter is screwed in. After Installation and Commissioning the leak-tightness must be checked. All leaks must be repaired. Temperature probes shall be arranged as shown in Figure 8 and Figure 9.

The installation requirements were evaluated according to the flow disturbance sensitivity tests according to ● OIML R 137-1&2, 2012 "Gas meters", Annex B and ● ISO 17089-1, 2010, "Measurement of fluid flow in closed conduits -

ultrasonic meters for gas - Part 1: Meters for custody transfer and allocation measurement.", 5.9.3 Installation requirements and flow profile considerations.

Any deviation from the planned design of the FLOWSIC600 and installation arrangement shall be agreed upon with the supplier and documented prior to installing the meter.

Installation


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3.2.2 Installation configurationsThe choice of the installation configuration (see Figure 8 and Figure 9) depends on type and extent of the flow disturbance at the installation position.

Unidirectional use

Figure 8 FLOWSIC600 installation in the pipeline for unidirectional use

Type of disturbance (distance upstream < 20 DN)Possible installation

configuration

None

Configuration 1 or 2Elbow, reducer

Double elbow out of plane, T piece

Gas pressure controller with/ without noise abatement trim

Configuration 2Diffuser

Diffuser with swirling flow

When configuration 2 (with flow conditioner) is used, the velocity of gas must not exceed 40 m/s (131 ft/s) in the pipe.

3 DNmin. 2 DN min. 3 DN 1.5 .. 5 DN

Flow conditioner Temperature measuring port

Configuration 1

Configuration 2

10 DN 1.5 .. 5 DNFLOWSIC600 3 DN

DN

5 DN


Installation

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Bidirectional use

Two straight pipes are to be installed in the inlet and outlet sections if the meter is to be used bidirectionally. The temperature measuring point is to be located downstream of the FLOWSIC600, seen in the direction of predominant use. The temperature measuring point must not be installed more than 8 DN from the meter.

Figure 9 FLOWSIC600 installation in the pipeline for bidirectional use

10 DN FLOWSIC600

min. 5 DN min. 5 DN

min. 2 DN min. 3 DN min. 3 DN min. 2 DN1 .. 5 DN 1 ..5 DN

min. 2 DN min. 7 DN min. 7 DN min. 2 DN

Alternative temperature measuring points

Flow conditioner

Flow conditioner

Alternative temperature measuring points

5 ..8 DN 5 .. 8 DN

DNConfiguration 1

Configuration 2a

Configuration 2bApplicable for meters marked with an asterisk (*) in Table 10, »Meter sizes according to metrological type approval«

5 DN5 DN

10 DN 10 DN

Installation


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3 . 3 Mechanical installationWork on the pipelines to prepare for the installation of the gas flow meter is not included in the scope of delivery.

It is recommended to use the following tools, equipment and supplies for installation of the FLOWSIC600:

● Lifting gear or fork lift (with sufficient capacity to lift meter or meter-piping assembly)

● Box wrench with size suitable for flange installation

● Thread seal (e.g. PTFE tape) and flange gaskets

● Bolt lubricant,

● Leak detection spray

3.3.1 Choosing flanges, seals and other partsUse pipeline flanges, bolts, nuts, and seals that withstand the maximum operational pressure and temperature, as well as ambient and operational conditions (external and internal corrosion) for the flange connections. For installation lengths and flange dimensions, see MDR.

WARNING: DANGER● Always observe the general safety regulations and safety instructions given

in Section 1 when carrying out any installation work.● The FLOWSIC600 must only be mounted on depressurized and vented

pipelines.● Take all necessary precautions to avoid local or plant-specific dangers.

WARNING: DANGER● Always strictly observe the safety instructions for the installation of

pressure equipment including the connection of several pressure components set forth in the local or national relations and standards or Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.

● Installation staff must be familiar with the directives and standards applicable for pipeline construction.


Installation

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3.3.2 Mounting the FLOWSIC600 in the piping

An arrow on the meter body indicates the main direction of flow. It is recommended to install the FLOWSIC600 as indicated by this arrow if the meter is to be used for unidirectional flow applications. If the meter is to be used in the bidirectional mode, the arrow indicates the positive direction of flow.

Installation work to be carried out

Position the FLOWSIC600 at the desired location of the pipeline using the lifting gear. Only use the lifting eyes provided to lift and transport the device. If lifting straps are used, wrap them around the meter body.

Check for correct seating and alignment of the flange gasket after installing the flange bolts, but prior to tightening.

Align the FLOWSIC600 such that the offsets between inlet pipe, meter body and outlet pipe are minimized.

Insert the remaining fastening bolts and tighten the nuts cross-wise. The tightening torque applied must not be lower than specified in the project planning.

Mount the pressure sensing line between pressure tap and pressure transmitter.

Fill the pipeline and check the installed FLOWSIC600 and piping connections for leaks.

WARNING: ● The lifting eyes are designed for transporting the meter only. Do not lift the

FLOWSIC600 using these eyes when additional loads (such as blind covers, filling for pressure tests or piping) are attached (also see pg. 31, 3.1.2)

● Never attach lifting gear to the signal processing unit or its mounting bracket and avoid contact between these parts and the lifting gear.

● The FLOWSIC600 must not turn over or start to swing while being trans-ported. Flange sealing surfaces, SPU housing and transducer cover caps may be damaged when the lifting gear is not attached properly.

● Take suitable measures to prevent damage to the meter when carrying out any other work (welding, painting) near the FLOWSIC600.

NOTICE: Observe allowed pressure change The pressure change within the measuring section must not exceed

0.5 MPa/min in order to protect transducers and seals.

It is recommended to perform a leak test in accordance with the relevant regulations and standards after completion of the mechanical installation.

Installation


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3.3.3 SPU alignmentThe signal processing unit (SPU) can be turned so that the display can be easily read and that cable routing is facilitated (see Figure 10). A stop on the housing prevents the SPU from being turned by more than 330° to prevent damage to the cables that come from the meter body.

Figure 10 Positioning the SPU.

Signal processing unit

Loosen the hexagon Position the SPU Tighten the hexagon socket head screw socket head screw

1. 2. 3.

Tool required for loosening and tightening the hexagon socket head screw: 3 mm Allen key

NOTICE: Do not forget to tighten the hexagon socket head screw after positioning the SPU.


Installation

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3 . 4 Electrical installation

3.4.1 General information

Prerequisites

Wiring work (routing and connecting the power supply and signal cables), which is necessary when installing the FLOWSIC600, is not included in the scope of delivery. The mechanical installation described in Section 3.3 must be completed first. Comply with the minimum cable specification requirements set out in Section 3.4.2.

Cable routing

Keep cables in conduits or laid on cable trays to provide protection from mechanical damage.

Observe the permitted bending radiuses (generally, min. six times the cable diameter for multi-conductor cables).

Keep all connections outside of conduits as short as possible.

WARNING: DANGER Always observe the general safety regulations and safety instructions given

in Section 1 when carrying out any installation work. Installation work shall only be carried out by trained staff and in

accordance with the relevant regulations issued by the operating company. Take all necessary precautions to avoid local or plant-specific dangers.

Installation


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

General connection of the FLOWSIC600

Figure 11 FLOWSIC600 connection diagram

Safe area

Hazardous areaclassified Zone 1 or Zone 2

Service PC / higher-level control system

RS485 / MODBUS

Gas volume atflowing conditions

Electronic Volume Corrector (EVC) / Flow Computer (FC)

FLOWSIC600

Compressibility factor Z

Heating value Hs

Gas Volume at base conditions

Energy content

12 ... 24 V DC

(Ex i isolating transformer only required for intrinsically safe installation)

TemperaturePressure


Installation

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3.4.2 Cable specifications

Power supply 12 … 28.8 V DC

Digital output / current output

Serial port (RS485)

WARNING: The cables must fulfil the requirements for use in hazardous areas (e.g. set forth in EN /IEC 60079-14 or other relevant standards).

Specification Notes

Type of cable Two conductors Connect shielding (if present) to ground terminal

Min./ max. cross-sec-tional area

0.5 mm² / 2.5 mm² (20 - 12 AWG)

Maximum cable length Depending on loop resistance;Minimum input voltage on the FLOWSIC600 must be 12 V DC.

Peak current 150 mA

Cable diameter 6 ... 12 mm (1/4 to 1/2 inch) Fixing range of the cable glands

Specification Notes

Type of cable Twisted pair, shielded Connect shielding at other end to ground terminal


2 x 0.5/1 mm2 (2 x 20-18 AWG) Do not connect unused conductor pairs and prevent them from accidental short-circuit

Maximum cable length Loop resistance 250


Specification Notes

Type of cable Twisted pair, shielded,impedance approx. 100…150 low cable capacitance: 100 pF/m

Connect shielding at other end to ground terminal


2 x 0.5/1 mm2 (2 x 20-18 AWG)

Maximum cable length 300 m at 0.5 mm² (1600 ft for 20 AWG)500 m at 0,75 mm² (3300 ft for 20 AWG)

Do not connect unused conductor pairs and prevent them from accidental short-circuit


NOTICE: Only the lower fault current may be used with an internally fed analog output and use of HART communication.

-

Installation


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3.4.3 Checking the cable loopsCheck the cable loops to verify that the cables are connected correctly. Proceed as follows:

Disconnect both ends of the cable of the loop to be tested. This is to prevent connected devices from interfering with the measurement.

Test the entire cable loop between SPU and terminal device by measuring the loop resistance.

If you want to test the insulation resistance as well, the cables must be disconnected from the electronic module before using the insulation resistance tester.

Reconnect all cables after the loop resistance test.

WARNING: Applying test voltage to the cables before disconnecting them from the electronics module will seriously damage the electronics module.

WARNING: Explosion Hazard● In non-intrinsically safe installations, the terminal boxes may only be

opened if the system is disconnected from the power supply.● In non-intrinsically safe installations, the cables may only be disconnected

if the system is disconnected from the power supply.● The window cover must only be opened if the system is disconnected from

the power supply and only 10 minutes or more after the system has been switched off, or the area is known to be non-hazardous.

NOTICE: Incorrect cabling may cause failure of the FLOWSIC600. This will invalidate warranty claims. The manufacturer assumes no liability for consequential damage.


Installation

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3.4.4 Terminal enclosure on the SPU

Opening the rear housing cover

Loosen the securing clip using a 3 mm Allen key.

Turn the rear housing cover counter-clockwise and take it off.

A schematic wiring diagram is provided on the inside of the rear housing cover.

Figure 12 SPU housing

Figure 13 Terminal box on the rear of the SPU (see Section 3.4.2 for North American wiring specification equivalents)

NOTICE: LubricantOnly use LOCTITE 8156 as lubricant for front and rear housing cover.

Open the cover

Rear cover

Securing clip

Window cover

BridgeCover for powersupply terminals

Cable feed for internal 10-core cable

10-pole terminal blockfor signal inputs and outputs

12

HSK M type cable glandsM 20 x 1.5 (EU)or ½ in NPT (North America)

Power supply2 x 1.5 mm2 (LiYCY or equivalent)

Digital output / current output4 x 2 x 0.5 mm2

(Li2YCY [TP] or equivalent)

MODBUS4 x 2 x 0.5 mm2 (Li2YCY [TP] or equivalent)

Installation


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Figure 14 Terminal assignment for use in safe areas

Terminal box

Power supply Field connections (10-pole terminal block)

PEPE

NOTICE: Potential equalization PE: Potential Equalization terminal must be connected to earth ground.

NOTICE: Device-internal bridgeTerminals 2 and PE are bridged internally, i.e. there is no insulation between PE and negative potential ( Figure 13). This bridge is a firm part of the device and mandatory. It must not be

removed or altered. Altering the bridge voids the manufacturer's warranty.

NOTICE: Termination of Modbus linesBegin and end of the Modbus lines must be terminated.● Terminal 81/82: Always terminated● Terminal 33/34: Switchable, terminated ex factoryFor detailed information, see Service Manual FLOWSIC600, Section 4.4 "Serial interface RS485".


Installation

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3.4.5 Operating the FLOWSIC600 in non-hazardous areasAssign the terminals in the SPU terminal box ( Figure 14) in accordance with the following table.

No. Connection for FunctionTermina

lValue Notes

1 Power supply 1+, 2- 12 ... 24 (+20%) V DC

2Digital output DO 0(HF 2)

Passive31, 32

fmax = 6 kHz, configurable pulse duration 0.05 s - 1 sRange:Variable number of pulses per volume unit"closed":0 V UCE L 2 V, 2 mA ICE L 20 mA (L=Low)"open":16 V UCE H 30 V, 0 mA ICE H 0.2 mA (H=High)

With NAMUR contact for connection to switching amplifier (according to EN 60947-5-6:2000)

3 Serial portMODBUS(RS485)

33, 34 9600 Baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bitBaud rate to be set through software

4Digital output DO 1(HF 1)

Passive 51, 52

fmax = 6 kHz, configurable pulse duration 0.05 s - 1 sRange:Variable number of pulses per volume unit"closed":0 V UCE L 2 V, 2 mA ICE L 20 mA (L=Low)"open":16 V UCE H 30 V, 0 mA ICE H 0.2 mA (H=High)

With NAMUR contact for connection to switching amplifier (according to EN 60947-5-6:2000)

5 Digital output DO 2 Passive 41, 42

"closed":0 V UCE L 2 V, 2 mA ICE L 20 mA (L=Low)"open":16 V UCE H 30 V, 0 mA ICE H 0.2 mA (H=High)"Check request" (default)

6

Digital output DO 3 Passive

81, 82

"closed":0 V UCE L 2 V, 2 mA ICE L 20 mA (L=Low)"open":16 V UCE H 30 V, 0 mA ICE H 0.2 mA (H=High)"Direction of flow" (default)(alternative "Warning")

Alternative assignment with second serial port (RS485)

9600 Baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bitBaud rate to be set through software

Installation


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3.4.6 Requirements for use in hazardous areas with potentially explosive atmospheres1

Intended use

The FLOWSIC600 is suitable for use in hazardous areas classified as Zone 1 and Zone 2.

Certification in accordance with ATEX

II 1/2 G Ex de ib [ia] IIC T4

II 1/2 G Ex de ib [ia] IIA T4

Permitted ambient temperature range -40°C to +60°C

EC TYPE Examination Certificate: TÜV 01 ATEX 1766, include 1. to 6. Supplement

IECEx Certification

Gb/Ga Ex de ib [ia Ga] IIC T4

Gb/Ga Ex de ib [ia Ga] IIC T4

Permitted ambient temperature range -40°C to +60°C, optionally - -50°C to +70°C

IECEx Certificate of Conformity: IECEx TUN 11.0001 X

Figure 15 FLOWIC600 components and their type of protection

1 For use in USA and Kanada, see control drawings see Technical Information.

1+2-

31

32

33

34

51

52

41

42

81

82

Aux. power

PE

Digital output

RS485

Digital output

Digital output

Digital output

Power supply

Field connections

Term

inal

box

"e"

, "i"

Com

plia

nt w

ith

EN/I

EC 6

00

79

-7 Signal processing unit(SPU)

Pressure-tight compartment "d"

Compliant withEN/IEC 60079-1

Meter bodyUltrasonic transducers "ia"Compliant with EN /IEC 60079-11and EN /IEC 60079-26

PE


Installation

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Operating conditions for the ultrasonic transducers

The FLOWSIC600 is designed for use in hazardous areas with potentially explosive atmospheres only under normal atmospheric conditions. The atmospheric conditions must be within the following ranges:

– Ambient pressure range 80 kPa (0.8 bar) to 110 kPa (1.1 bar)

– Air with normal oxygen content, typically 21% v/v

The ambient temperature must be within the range specified at the SPU type plate,

e.g -40°C to +60°C.

Once the FLOWSIC600 is installed in the pipeline, the meter body becomes a part of the pipeline. The wall of the pipeline and the meter body is then deemed a zone-separating barrier. The figure below helps in understanding the different situations for a possible application and shows what operating conditions apply.

Figure 16 Ex-Zones

Non-Ex zone

Case 1: ● The pipeline contains a non-explosive mixture. The gas mixture may be combustible.

● Gas pressure and gas temperature may be within the range specified by the tag on the meter body.

Case 2: ● The area inside the pipeline is classified as hazardous area Zone 1 or 2.

● Gas pressure must be in the range from 80 kPa to 110 kPa (normal atmospheric condition)

● Gas temperature must be within the permitted ambient temperature range specified by the type plate on the SPU

Case 3: ● The area inside the pipeline is dlassified as hazardous area Zone 0.

● Gas pressure must be in the range from 80 kPa to 110 kPa (normal atmospheric condition)

● Gas temperature must in the range from -20°C to 60°C.

Zone 1 or 2

Zone 1 or 2

Zone 1 or 2

Zone 0

Zone 1 or 2

Installation


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Additional requirements for operation of ultrasonic transducer in Zone 0 classified areas

The FLOWSIC600 is marked with a minimum rating of II 1/2 G Ex [ia] or Gb/Ga Ex [ia Ga].

Operation of ultrasonic sensors in Zone 0

The ultrasonic transducers are suitable for operation in Zone 0 at atmospheric conditions, i.e. ambient temperature -20 °C to 60 °C and ambient pressure 0.8 bar to 1.1 bar(a). If ultrasonic transducers with titanium housing are to be used in Zone 0, it must be assured that the medium does not transport solid parts (like dust or other particles) which could cause an ignition hazard. Otherwise, transducers made from stainless steel must be used.

After installation and following every de-installation and reinstallation of the ultrasonic transducers, the seal effect must be appropriately checked. During operation, the leak-tightness must be periodically checked and the seals replaced if necessary. After de-installation and before every reinstallation the seals must be replaced according to the original assembly. Seals can be ordered from SICK (part number and serial number from type plate at SPU).

NOTICE: The rise in the ambient temperature outside the pipeline due to a hot pipeline must be taken into account. The user must ensure that the ambient temperature around the electronics housing does not exceed the maximum permitted ambient temperature marked on the type plate of the FLOWSIC600.


Installation

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

General requirements for installation

– The documentation for hazardous area classification (zone classification) according to EN/IEC60079-10 must be available.

– The equipment must be verified as suitable for use in the classified area.

– Additional requirements must be observed for use of transducers in Zone 0 as described above.

– After installation an initial test run of the complete equipment and the plant according to EN/IEC60079-17 must be performed before regular operation is started.

Requirements regarding cabling

– Cables must fulfill the requirements set forth in EN/IEC60079-14.

– Cables that are subject to exceptional thermal, mechanical or chemical stress must be specially protected, e.g. by laying them in protective tubing.

– Cables that are not installed fire proof must be flame retardant according to IEC 60332-1.

– Cables for Ex e must comply with EN/IEC 60079-14 section 11.

– Observe the clamping range of the cable glands for cable selection.

– Use Ex e II respectively Ex i II certified cable glands with adequate ingress protection rating as alternate replacement only.

– For intrinsically safe wiring and an ambient temperature range between -20°C to +60°C, the existing metal cable glands may be replaced with light-blue plastic cable glands (available on request).

– Replace the existing cable glands with suitable cable glands if installation with armored cables is intended.

– When delivered, the cable glands are secured by default with a sealing plug. If the cable glands are not used, only sealing plugs with EX e II approval must be used.

– Conduit systems must comply with EN/IEC 60079-14, section 9.4 and 10.5. In addition, compliance with national and other relevant regulations is required

– "Conduits" according to IEC 60614-2-1 and IEC60614-2-5 are not suitable.

– Conduits must be protected against vibration.

– Use a suitable thread sealant, as detailed in EN/IEC60079-14, section 9.4.

– Protect stranded wires against fraying with ferrules.

– Keep clearance and creepage distances for the connected wires in accordance with EN/IEC60079 and EN/IEC 60079-11 respectively.

– Connect unused wires to ground or safeguard so that a short circuit with other conductive parts is excluded.

– Carry out potential equalization in accordance with EN/IEC6079-14

– The meter body and the electronic housing must be connected to the potential equalization.

– Where the FLOWSIC600 is installed in a grounded metal duct, no additional grounding is required for the meter body. The electronics housing must nevertheless be separately grounded.

Installation


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Connection of the FLOWSIC600 with associated equipment

The terminal compartment of the FLOWSIC600 complies with the requirements of EN/IEC60079-7 and EN/IEC 60079-11, respectively.

The FLOWSIC600 provides non-intrinsically safe wiring as well as intrinsically safe wiring with the interconnected associated equipment in the following manner:

1 Power supply connection and all other field connections as non-intrinsically safe wiring

2 Power supply connection and all other field connection as intrinsically safe wiring to Exi certified equipment in a Zone 1 or Zone 2 classified hazardous area or to [Exi] certified associated equipment in the safe area.

3 Power supply connection as non-intrinsically safe wiring and all other filed connection as intrinsically safe wiring.

A combination of intrinsically safe and non-intrinsically safe wiring for the field connections is not permitted.

Maximum voltage in the safe area must not exceed 253 V (Um = 253V).

For intrinsically safe wiring:

– The safety-relevant data in the EC Type Examination Certificate and the IECEx Certificate of Conformity must be observed.

– Intrinsic safety for each circuit must be assessed in accordance with EN/IEC60079-14 section 12.

– The safety-relevant parameters of interconnected equipment must comply with the following values: Uo < Ui, Io < Ii, Po < Pi, Ci + Ccable < Co, Li + Lcable < Lo

The interconnection of two or more intrinsically safe outputs may require an additional assessment of intrinsic safety in accordance with EN /IEC60079-11.

Ensure that the cover on the power supply connection is properly sealed for regular operation.

For intrinsically safe wiring, the rear cover can be removed and connecting and disconnect-ing is permitted while the circuits are live and as long as the safe separation between the circuits has been kept.

WARNING: Explosion Hazard● Do not open the enclosure while energized.● Wait 10 minutes after power has been removed before opening the window

cover. ● Do not open the cover of the terminal compartment while energized unless

wiring is intrinsically safe.● Do not remove the cover of the power supply while energized unless wiring

is intrinsically safe.● Do not connect or disconnect while circuits are live unless the area is

known to be non-hazardous or wiring is intrinsically safe.● Do not use the equipment if damaged (includes cables or terminals).


Installation

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Terminal assignment

The terminal assignment in the SPU terminal box (see pg. 43, Figure 14) is the same as for the installation of the FLOWSIC600 in non-hazardous areas (see table pg. 44, 3.4.5).

The connections of the ultrasonic transducers are intrinsically safe and are safely separated from one another and from other non-intrinsically safe circuits. The transducers may be connected and disconnected during operation as long as the safe separation of circuits has been preserved in every respect. In order to ensure this, the respective transducer connection cable should be disconnected at both ends (disconnect the electronics side first, and then if necessary, the transducer side unless the MCX connector is suitably fixed to prevent any uncontrolled movement). Operation using sensors or cables not part of the original delivery or with sensors/components from other manufacturers is not permitted.

Specific requirements for installation and use in North America

The FLOWSIC600 is intended for use in hazardous areas classified as Class I Division 1 and Class I Zone 1 as follows:

– Cl. I, Div. 1, Groups B, C and D, T4 resp. Cl. I, Zone 1, Group IIB + Hydrogene, T4

– Cl. I, Div. 1 Group D, T4 resp. Cl. I, Zone 1, Group IIA, T4

Further, the FLOWSIC600 is suitable for use in hazardous areas classified as Class I Division 2 and Class I Zone 2 as follows:

– Cl. I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C and D, T4 resp. Cl. I, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4

– Cl. I, Div. 2 Group D, T4 resp. Cl. I, Zone 2, Group IIA, T4

Installation

– Install in the US in accordance with the NEC.

– Install in Canada in accordance with CEC part 1.

For further details see drawing no. 781.00.02 (see Technical Information).

NOTICE: For measurement reasons, the equipotential bonding must, as far as possible, be identical to the pipeline potential or protective ground/earth. Additional grounding with the protective conductor via the terminals is not permitted!

NOTICE: Replace backup battery with PANASONIC type BR2032,Sick part no. 7048533. It may only be replaced by trained staff.

Installation


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Notes for safe operation in hazardous areas

● Explosion protection: II 1/2G Ex de ib [ia] IIC T4 or II 2G Ex de ib [ia] IIA T4

● Ambient temperature range is from -40°C to +60°C.

● If terminals are assigned with intrinsically safe circuits, it is recommended that the metal cable glands be replaced with the light-blue plastic ones

● The type of protection for the field connections and power supply connection is determined by the external circuits that are connected (for options see "Connection options" above).

● Safety-relevant data for intrinsically safe circuits is provided in the EC Type Examination Certificate and the IEC Certificate of Conformity.

● Ensure that the cover on the power supply connection is properly sealed. In intrinsically safe installations, the terminal box can be opened and cables connected and disconnected while the system is live. In this case the safe separation of the circuits from each other must be observed.

● If the meter body is insulated, the insulation thickness must not exceed 100 mm. The SPU housing must not be insulated.

● The standard paint of the FL600 meter body consists of a double layer: Epoxy and Acrylic RAL9002. This combination is the ideal protection of the meter body against corrosion. The layer thickness is less than 0.2 mm.

WARNING: Always observe the temperature specifications for use in hazardous areas.

Approval of the ultrasonic transducers in zone 0 is only valid for operation under atmospheric conditions.

WARNING: Explosion HazardThe ultrasonic probes are preferably made from titanium. Should zone 0 or zone 1 have been defined in the pipeline, operation is

allowed only when ignition hazards caused by impact or friction can be excluded.

WARNING: Ignition hazard through electrostatic dischargesIgnition hazards through electrostatic discharges exist when gas flow meters with special paint and a layer thickness >0.2 mm are used in applications with ignition group IIC in accordance with ATEX and IECEx. For installation, the risk of electrostatic charging of the surface must be

reduced to a minimum. Use appropriate caution when performing maintenance and cleaning work.

For example, the surfaces should only be cleaned with a damp cloth. A warning sign fitted at the factory identifies this type of device:


Installation

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Safety-relevant data of inputs and outputs for ATEX certified FLOWSIC600 only

Power circuit Intrinsically safe Ex ia/ib IIA/IIB/ IIC Non-intrinsically safe

Power supply UI = 20 V, PI = 2,6 W 12...24 V DC

Active current outputTerminals 31/32

UO = 22.1V UB = 18 VUB = 35 mAIO PO Ex ia/ib IIA Ex ia/ib IIB Ex ia/ib IIC

[mA] [mW] CO [μF] LO [mH] CO [μF] LO [mH] CO [nF] LO [mH]

Hardware variant1-5,7/9, A 155 857 4.1 7 163 1

Hardware variant 6, B 87 481 2 7 0.5 4 77 1

Characteristic curve: linearor for connection to certified intrinsically safe circuits with the following maximum values:

UI = 30 VII = 100 mAPI = 750 mW

Internal capacity: CI = 4 nFInternal inductance: negligible

Digital outputTerminals 51/52Terminals 41/42Terminals 81/82

For connection to certified intrinsically safe circuits with the following maximum values:UI = 30 VII = 100 mAPI = 750 mW


UB = 30 VIB = 100 mA

RS485Terminals 33/34 Terminals 81/82

Characteristic curve: linearUo = 5.88 VIo = 313 mAPo = 460 mWCo = 1000 μF for IIA resp. 43 μF for IICLo = 1.5mH for IIA resp. 0.2 mH for IIC

or for connection to certified intrinsically safe circuits with the following maximum values:UI = 10 VII = 275 mAPI = 1420 mW


UB = 5VIB = 175 mA

Ultrasonic transducer connections(for connecting SICK ultra-sonic transducers only)

Ex ia/ib IIA Ex ia/ib IIB Ex ia/ib IIC

Characteristic curve: linearMax. transmission voltage: Uo = ±60.8 VShort-circuit current: Io = ±92 mA

Po = 1399 mWInternal capacity Ci = negligibleInternal inductance: Li = 20.6 mH

Uo = ±51.2 VIo = ±77 mAPo = 986 mWnegligibleLi = 15.5 mH


WARNING: Um = 235 V: For intrinsically safe installation, maximum voltage in the non-hazardous area must not exceed 253 V

Installation


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Safety-relevant data of inputs and outputs for IECEx certified FLOWSIC600 only

Power circuit Intrinsically safe Ex ia/ib IIA/IIB/ IIC Non-intrinsically safe

Power supply UI = 20 V, PI = 2,6 W 12 … 24 V DC

Active current outputTerminals 31/32

UO = 22.1V UB = 18 VUB = 35 mAIO PO Ex ia/ib IIA Ex ia/ib IIB Ex ia/ib IIC

[mA] [mW] CO [μF] LO [mH] CO [μF] LO [mH] CO [nF] LO [mH]

All hardware variants 87 481 2 7 0.5 4 77 1

Characteristic curve: linearor for connection to certified intrinsically safe circuits with the following maximum values:

UI = 30 VII = 100 mAPI = 750 mW


Digital outputTerminals 51/52Terminals 41/42Terminals 81/82

For connection to certified intrinsically safe circuits with the following maximum values:UI = 30 VII = 100 mAPI = 750 mW


UB = 30 VIB = 100 mA

RS485Terminals 33/34 Terminals 81/82

Characteristic curve: linearUo = 5.88 VIo = 313 mAPo = 460 mWCo = 1000 μF for IIA resp. 43 μF for IICLo = 1.5mH for IIA resp. 0.2 mH for IIC

or for connection to certified intrinsically safe circuits with the following maximum values:UI = 10 VII = 275 mAPI = 1420 mW


UB = 5VIB = 175 mA

Ultrasonic transducer connections(for connecting SICK ultra-sonic transducers only)

Ex ia/ib IIA Ex ia/ib IIB Ex ia/ib IIC

Characteristic curve: linearMax. transmission voltage: Uo = ±60.8 VShort-circuit current: Io = ±92 mA

Po = 388 mWInternal capacity Ci = negligibleInternal inductance: Li = 20.6 mH



WARNING: Um = 235 V: For intrinsically safe installation, maximum voltage in the non-hazardous area must not exceed 253 V


Installation

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

FLOWSIC600

4 Commissioning

General notes

Connecting the FLOWSIC600 to a PC or laptop

Connecting to the FLOWSIC600 with MEPAFLOW600 CBM

Identification Field setup

Function test

Activation of path compensation

Sealing

Documentation


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4 . 1 General notesBefore commissioning, all activities described in the chapter »Installation« must be completed. It is recommended to use a laptop/PC with MEPAFLOW600 CBM software installed for the commissioning ( pg. 59, 4.3). The commissioning should be documented with a Commissioning Protocol. The document "FLOWSIC600 Commissioning Protocol" is content of the FLOWSIC600 shipping on paper and on the product CD.

The FLOWSIC600 is ’wet’ or ’dry’ calibrated when delivered to the end user. The ’dry’ cali-bration consists of the 3-D measurement of the meter body, zero-flow and speed of sound test, and other system specific inspections/tests which belong to the manufacturing and quality assurance process. The ’wet’ calibration is performed at a flow calibration test stand (calibration test facility).

All parameters, determined by the aforementioned tests, as well as design specific data are preset and stored in the FLOWSIC600 in a non-volatile memory before delivery. The design-specific data, which is known before manufacturing the device, will not be changed during commissioning. This is of special importance if the FLOWSIC600 is officially sealed after an authorized flow calibration. Generally, the parameters are protected by a password. Additionally a Parameter write lock in the SPU prevents custody relevant parameter changes.

In all other cases the output parameters of the FLOWSIC600 can be adapted on site by trained staff.

Commissioning the FLOWSIC600 involves the following steps, regardless of whether the device is installed at a test facility or at the final measuring location:

● Connecting the FLOWSIC600 to a PC or Laptop ( pg. 57, 4.2)

● Connecting to the FLOWSIC600 with MEPAFLOW600 CBM ( pg. 59, 4.3)

● Identification ( pg. 65, 4.4)

● Field setup ( pg. 67, 4.5)

● Function test pg. 69, 4.6,

● Optional additional setup ( pg. 72, 4.7)

● Activation of path compensation ( pg. 83, 4.8)

● Sealing ( pg. 84, 4.9),

● Documentation ( pg. 84, 4.10)

NOTICE: Type approvalIf the FLOWSIC600 is to be used for custody transfer applications, each change of parameters and of the Parameter write lock has to be agreed to by the applicable national authorities.

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4 . 2 Connecting the FLOWSIC600 to a PC or laptop

4.2.1 Connecting the FLOWSIC600 via RS485 / RS232 cable

The FLOWSIC600 serial interface conforms with the RS485 standard. An RS485 /RS232 cable and a 1:1 interface cable (pin 2 – pin 2 and pin 3 – pin 3) are required for data transfer to PC or laptop (see Figure 17). Because MEPAFLOW600 CBM, the operation and diagnosis software for the FLOWSIC600, does not support RTS/CTS data transfer, the adapter must be able to distinguish between transmission and reception mode automatically. We, therefore, recommend the use of a serial interface set available from SICK.

Figure 17 Wiring example of "MEPA interface set RS485 / RS232" intrinsically safe for DIN rail mounting

Interface sets for the connection of the FLOWSIC600 with a PC via serial or USB-interface can be ordered from SICK. See pg. 58, Table 3.

*Possible terminals for the RS485 connection are:● 33 (+) and 34 (-)● 81 (+) and 82 (-)If necessary, the RS485 ports can be assigned to a specific bus address (Reg. #5020 "DeviceBusaddress"). The service port always has the bus address "1".

Terminals*

1:1

Connection cable

Fieldbus Isolating Repeater

Type 9185 (Company "Stahl")

Ex zone Safe zone


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4.2.2 Connecting the FLOWSIC600 via RS485/USB converterIf the PC/laptop does not offer a RS232 serial interface, a USB interface can be used. An appropriate USB converter is necessary to transform the signal for the RS485 device interface. The USB converter available through SICK contains a CD-ROM with a software driver which must be installed before an online connection between the FLOWSIC600 and the MEPAFLOW600 CBM software can be established.

Figure 18 Wiring example of "MEPA interface set RS485/USB" (Converter, Cable, Terminal plug, CD-ROM with software driver), non-intrinsically safe (see also Fig. 104)

*Possible terminals for the RS485 connection are:● 33 (+) and 34 (-)● 81 (+) and 82 (-)If necessary, the RS485 ports can be assigned to a specific bus address (Reg. #5020 "DeviceBusaddress"). The service port always has the bus address "1".

Terminals*

Connection cable

Safe zone

RS485/USB

Table 3 Interface sets for the connection of the FLOWSIC600 to a network

Description Part Number"MEPA interface set RS485 / RS232" intrinsically safe for DIN rail mounting

2033410

"MEPA interface set RS485/USB" (Converter, cable, terminal plug, CD-ROM with software driver), non-intrinsically safe

6030669

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4 . 3 Connecting to the FLOWSIC600 with MEPAFLOW600 CBM

4.3.1 Starting MEPAFLOW600 CBMThe MEPAFLOW600 CBM software is provided on the product CD shipped with the meter. It can also be downloaded from www.flowsic600.com. See pg. 25, for more details on the installation.

After successful installation, start the MEPAFLOW600 CBM by selecting the "MEPAFLOW600 CBM" entry in the program group "SICK", created during installation, or by double-clicking on the desktop icon.

4.3.2 Choosing a User Access Level After starting MEPAFLOW600 CBM, the "Connect / Disconnect" page appears with the

"Password" dialog window. ( Figure 19)

Choose a User access level, activate the corresponding radio button, enter the pass-word and click the "OK" button.

User access level Password

Operator No password required

Authorized operator "sickoptic"

Service See Service Manual


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Figure 19 MEPAFLOW600 CBM "Connect / Disconnect" page with "Password" dialog window

4.3.3 Creating a new meter entry in the meter database

Open the "Connect / Disconnect" page (Figure 19).

Click "New". Then follow the instructions on screen.

New meter entries can be created, whether the corresponding meter is connected to the PC or not. If the meter is connected, MEPAFLOW600 CBM loads all available parameters from the meter. If the meter is not connected, an initial master data set is created from the information the user enters (see Technical Data).

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4.3.4 Online connection: Direct serial Choose a meter and click the "Direct serial" button to establish a serial connection to a

meter which is connected to the PC ( Figure 20).

Specify the appropriate connection settings in the "Connection settings" window ( Figure 20) and click the "Connect" button to establish an online connection to the meter. If the connection fails, see pg. 108, 6.4 for troubleshooting.

Figure 20 Connection settings

Button for establishing a direct serial connection

"Connection settings" window

The parameters shown in the "Connection Settings" window in Figure 20 are the default values with which the FLOWSIC600 RS485 interface is configured. The serial COM port must be individually selected.


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Edit the fields for the meter identification in the "Add new meter into database" dialog. The serial number, firmware version and meter type are automatically read from the meter Figure 21.

After the connection has been established, MEPAFLOW600 CBM displays the start page (can be specified in the Program settings) and the current readings from the meter.

Figure 21 Adding new meter to database

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4.3.5 Online connection: EthernetThe FLOWSIC600 can be connected to a network via Ethernet with an adapter. This adapter translates the meter MODBUS communication (ASCII or RTU) to MODBUS TCP. MEPAFLOW600 CBM supports the MODBUS TCP protocol.

Click the "Ethernet" button to establish a connection via Ethernet.

Specify the IP address of the MODBUS TCP adapter and the bus address of the meter in the dialog "MODBUS TCP - MODBUS RTU/ASCII gateway settings" ( Figure 22).

Click "OK" to establish an online connection to the meter.

Requirements

● The Ethernet connection requires firmware V3.3.05 or higher. It provides the required generic MODBUS protocol on the interface for the MODBUS TCP adapter.

● The FLOWSIC600 must be connected to a MODBUS ASCII/ MODBUS RTU to MODBUS TCP adapter, which is connected to a network via Ethernet and receives a - preferably permanent - IP address.

● The PC with MEPAFLOW600 CBM V1.0.47 or higher installed must be connected to the network and have uninhibited access to this IP address.

Preparations for online connections via Ethernet

Make sure one of the serial ports (terminals 33/34 or 81/82) of the FLOWSIC600 is configured to use Generic MODBUS RTU or Generic MODBUS ASCII (NOT a SICK MODBUS protocol).

Make sure the serial port is configured so that the highest baud rate is used (56000 baud).

Connect a MODBUS RTU/MODBUS ASCII to MODBUS TCP adapter to the serial port according to the manual of the adapter.

Connect the adapter cable to your network.

Make sure the network assigns a permanent IP address to the adapter.

Configure the adapter to the network settings (IP address / protocol / baudrate / gateway etc.) that you want to use (refer to adapter manual).

Make sure the PC with MEPAFLOW600 CBM has access to the adapter‘s IP address.

Make sure you know the MODBUS bus address of the meter.

In case of problems with the network setup, refer to your network administrator.


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Figure 22 "MODBUS TCP - MODBUS RTU/ASCII gateway settings" dialog for online connections via Ethernet

Button for Ethernet connectionsMODBUS TCP - MODBUS RTU/ ASCII gateway settings

Tested MODBUS TCP to MODBUS ASCII/RTU adapter

The connection between FLOWSIC600 and MEPAFLOW600 CBM has been tested with the "MODBUS TCP to MODBUS ASCII/RTU Converter", Model MES1b by B&B Electronics. This adapter is shipped with a software, which searches the network for connectable devices and supplies the user with the IP addresses found.

Table 4 Interface sets for the connection of the FLOWSIC600 to a network

Description Part NumberMODBUS TCP to MODBUS ASCII/RTU Converter 6044004

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4 . 4 Identification

4.4.1 Checking identification, operation / design data and firmware versionBefore commissioning, cross-check the data representing the flow meter with the data in the test protocols which are contained in the Manufacturer Data Report (MDR). This can be done on the LCD display (see Technical Information) or - much easier - with MEPAFLOW600 CBM software:

Open the "Meter information" page and compare the data in the "Identification" section ( Figure 23) with the data in the check reports of the MDR or, when the meter has been calibrated, with the calibration and parameter report.

Figure 23 "Meter Information" page

"Identification" section


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4.4.1.1 Firmware

The FLOWSIC600 firmware is stored on a non-volatile memory (FLASH PROM). The pro-gram code for the signal processor and system micro-controller are identified by a version number (Reg. #5002 "FirmwareVersion") and a check sum (Reg. #5005 "ProgramCRC") and can be verified as mentioned above.

NOTICE: Type approvalIf the FLOWSIC600 is used for fiscal metering, the approved firmware versions and the associated check sums are documented in the national pattern approval certificates.

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4 . 5 Field setupThe MEPAFLOW600 CBM software "Field setup" wizard guides the user through the param-eter configuration during the commissioning of the FLOWSIC600. The wizard consists of 8 pages. For checking the configuration of the SPU outputs refer to the "Instrument Data Sheet" of the FLOWSIC600, which is included in the Manufacturer Data Record (MDR) (example see Figure 24).

To start the Field setup, choose "Tools / Field Setup" from the menu.

Follow the instructions on screen step by step.

Figure 24 Example of an "Instrument Data Sheet" as contained in the MDR

The parameter changes performed in the Field setup wizard require the User Access Level "Authorized operator" (see pg. 59, 4.3.2).

0

1 54

2 56 * Power supply / Power consumption 12 .. 28,8 V DC < 1W

3 Type 57 * Enclosure classification

4 Meter size 58 * Cable entry

5 * Article number ° 59 Hazardous Area Class.

6 * TAG number

7 *

8 * Order number 60 SPU housing material

9 ° 61 Ambient temperature (range) °C

10 Inner pipe diameter mm 62 Display

11 Overal length (A) mm 63 Display language

12 Overal height (B) mm 64 Engineering units

13 Weight kg 65

14 Flow range m³/h 66 DO0/AO0 Terminals 31/32 (HF-Pulse)

15 Number of meas. paths 67 Signal configuration

16 Linearity 68

17 * Repeatability 69

18 Flange design code 70

19 Flange class 71

20 Flange face 72 MOD Terminals 33/34 (RS 485)

21 Body material 73 DO1 Terminals 51/52 (HF-Pulse)

22 Transducers exchangeable under pressure 74 meter factor 1/m³

23 * Transducer cover 75 Signal configuration

° 24 Design temperature °C 76 max. Output

° 25 Design pressure bar (g) 77 DO2 Terminals 41/42 (Status)

26 Material certificate 78 Signal configuration

27 * Enclosure classification 79 max. Output

28 * Surface coating / painting 80 DO3 Terminals 81/82 (RS 485)

29 * Pressure tapping 81

30 82

31 83

32 * Sensor material 84

Meter-No.: 3889

1/4" NPT female

Sensors

06'' / DN150

450,00

490,00

< 0,1%

Metric

8,2 V / 0,8...6,5 mA

8,2 V / 0,8...6,5 mA

No

Output and Signal Configuration - Signal processing unit

32 ... 2500

DIN/EN 1092-1

3.1 EN 10204

94

130

2.880

+/- 0.5% of MV 0.1 .. 1 Qmax

Form B2

1.0566 / ASTM A350 Gr. LF2

TRANSMITTER (Integral)GENERAL

yp

Aluminium

SICK Modbus ASCII

Volume a.c.

NAMUR / normally open

Status Warning

2x RS 485Titan 3.7165

Russian

147,00 LCD

FL600

-40 ... 60

IP 67

M20 x 1,5 (3x)

II 1/2G Eex de ib [ia] IIA T4

01/11-2

METER BODY

SICK Modbus ASCII

Volume a.c., no pulses when data invalid



-46 ... 100

4

Aluminium

PN100

IP 67

two layers: Epoxy + Acrylic RAL9002

COMMUNICATION

Interface


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4.5.1 Disconnecting from the meter and closing the sessionWhen disconnecting from the meter, a session is stored in the MEPAFLOW600 CBM meter database. It contains the following data:

● a complete parameter set from the meter at disconnection

● all parameter changes made during Field setup (entries can be viewed in the Meter Explorer)

● all logbook data (if downloaded)

● the Maintenance Report created on page 8 of the Field setup

This data can be accessed later with the "Meter Explorer", even when you are not directly connected to the meter.

To disconnect from the meter and to close the session, proceed as follows:

Go to "Connect / Disconnect" page (select "File / Connect/Disconnect" from menu).

Click "Disconnect". The "Session description" window opens.

Describe the activities carried out during the session (e.g. "Field Setup").

Click OK.

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4 . 6 Function testThe major system parameters are configured at the factory. The default settings should allow error free operation of the FLOWSIC600. Nevertheless, correct meter operation should be verified on site when the meter is installed and is subject to actual operating conditions.

4.6.1 Function test on FLOWSIC600 with LCD front panelThe FLOWSIC600 is functioning correctly, if the standard display shows two pages of measurands and current readings and the pages alternate every 5 seconds. (For operation and menu structure of the SPU with LCD see Technical Information )

If a current error or warning is active, the display will be interrupted by an error message every 2 seconds. As soon as the cause of the error/warning has been rectified, the FLOWSIC600 automatically returns to the standard display.

If the logbooks contain unacknowledged errors, warnings or information, the correspond-ing letter is displayed in the upper right hand corner and flashes. The letter stops flashing, once the message has been acknowledged in the logbook. It disappears when the entries have been cleared from the logbook.

Detailed information on errors is available in the logbook (see pg. 94, 5.4.1 und see Tech-nical Information ). See chapter »Troubleshooting«.

4.6.2 Function test on FLOWSIC600 with LED front panelThe FLOWSIC600 is functioning correctly when the green status LEDs for each measuring path installed start flashing periodically approximately 30 seconds after the power supply is switched on.

If the yellow LED flashes, the FLOWSIC600 works in the operation state ’’Check request’’ with an insignificantly reduced accuracy (e.g. if one path fails).

If the yellow LED lights up permanently, the measurement is invalid. In this case, the error must be diagnosed (see Chapter 8 of this Manual).

You are advised to check the plausibility of the measured and diagnosis values, even if the device is functioning properly (see chapter »Maintenance«).


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4.6.3 Function test with MEPAFLOW600 CBM

Performance check

Once the facility is flowing at the initial flow rate, go to the "Meter values" page to check the performance of the meter. The performance value should be at least 75% on all paths. If the velocity of gas is greater than 30 m/s (100 ft/s), the performance values may be significantly lower.

Check the Main system bar for system alarms (the symbol on the button "System" should be green) and warnings (the symbol on the button "User" should be green) ( Figure 25). If there is a yellow or a red symbol, proceed as described on pg. 100, 6.1.

Zero phase check

Use the "Path Diagnosis" wizard ( Figure 25) to check the "Zero Phase" parameters of both transducers on each path (path 1, 2, 3, 4).

Properly adjusted zero phases of the individual paths are the basis for accurate transit time measurement of the ultrasonic signals. The "Zero Phase" parameter of a path is properly adjusted, when the green cursor in the signal window is symmetrically within the two dotted red limit lines and the red asterisk is positioned exactly on the second positive zero crossing of the received ultrasonic signal ( Figure 26).

Figure 25 "Path Diagnosis" wizard in MEPAFLOW600 CBM

If the zero phase values do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the zero phase needs to be adjusted according to angepasst werden (see Technical Information).

Main system bar

"System" Button

"User" Button

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

In addition, the validity of the settings should be verified:

Open the "Meter status" window and go to the tab "Advanced or Path Status" ( pg. 83, Figure 30). If a lamp for "Time plausibility" is on, it indicates an incorrect zero phase.

Figure 26 Signal window displaying ultrasonic signal in the "Path Diagnosis" page

Go to the "Meter values" page to check that the measured SOS values are almost the same at all paths of the FLOWSIC600, and that they differ by less then 0.1% ( Figure 27).

Switch between display of absolute and difference SOS by clicking the right mouse button on the SOS graph and using the context-menu.

Check that the measured SOS deviates no more than 0,3% from a theoretical SOS, which is calculated from gas composition, pressure and temperature ( pg. 87, 5.2.1).

Figure 27 SOS per path on the "Meter values" page (left: absolute SOS , right: difference to average)

In the case of very low gas velocities (< 1 m/s or 3 ft/s), there may be more significant differences between the paths due to thermal stratification. In this case, the SOS on the upper paths (1 and 2) will be higher than the lower paths.


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4 . 7 Optional advanced setup

4.7.1 Configuration and activation of User WarningsWhen normal operating conditions have been reached, the User Warnings can be configured to best suit the specific application.

To configure the User Warning limits, proceed as follows:

Use MEPAFLOW600 CBM to connect to the meter ( pg. 59, 4.3).

Open the "User Warnings" assistant from the main system bar by clicking the "User" button ( ).

Go to the "Configuration" tab ( , right side).

Use Dokument Technical Information to plan the configuration of User Warnings to best suit the specific application.

Activate or deactivate User Warnings with the check box on the right.

Edit parameter values in the fields.

Click the "Write to meter" button.

● The User Warnings are preconfigured when the meter is shipped from the factory (see "Default activation state" and "Default value" see Technical Informationin the following tables pg. 151, Table 20).

● If there is no need to change the User Warnings, or if you are not sure about consequences of changes, keep the values as they are or discuss with a SICK representative.

All User Warning parameters - except for the parameter ‘Min. VOG for warnings" - can be configured in the User Access Level "Operator" and without switching the meter to the Configuration Mode.

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Button "User" in the main system bar, "User Warnings" assistant with "Status" and "Configuration" tab

"User" Button

"Status" tab "Configuration" tab


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4.7.2 Configuration of DataLogs

4.7.2.1 Using the DataLogs

Starting with firmware version 3.4.00, the FLOWSIC600 provides two DataLogs (Hourly Log and Daily Log). They save averaged measured values and are stored in the SPU‘s non-volatile memory (FRAM). All data can be downloaded and exported to Excel files with MEPAFLOW600 CBM ( pg. 24, 2.4.4.).

Valid flow for DataLog loggingGas flow values are averaged for the DataLog entry only if VOG is above the "Min. VOG for warnings" ( pg. 72, 4.7.1) and the flow is in the direction forwhich the DataLog was configured. The Flow Time saved for every entry indicates about how long the gas flow was valid for DataLog Logging during the storage cycle. For example:● If the flow was above "Min. VOG for warnings" and in the forward direction

(for a forward configured Hourly Log) for half an hour, the corresponding Hourly Log data will show a Flow Time of 50%.

● If the flow was above "Min. VOG for warnings" but in the reverse direction (for a forward configured Hourly Log) for an hour, the corresponding Hourly Log data will show a Flow Time of 0%.

● If the Flow Time is 0%, all diagnosis related values are shown as 0 (Temperature is 0 Kelvin). Meter Status and Volume Counter values are shown as usual.

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4.7.2.2 Configuration of DataLogs

The following parameters can be configured on the Configuration tab of the DataLogs page ( Figure 28) to best suit the specific application (for more details see pg. 23, 2.4.3.4 and following):

● Type of dataset,

● Storage cycle,

● Storage behavior,

● Active flow direction,

● Accounting hour

● Distribution of FRAM capacity.

When the meter is shipped, the DataLogs are preconfigured.

Changes to the parameters "Type of dataset", "Storage behavior" or "Direction" will erase all entries from the DataLog which is changed. If configuring these parameters after commissioning, first download and

export all entries according to 2.4.4, to prevent loss of data.

Table 5 Standard DataLogs configuration when meter is shipped *

Configuration parameter

Hourly log Daily logDiagnostics comparison log

Type of Dataset Diagnostic values Volume counters Diagnostic values

Storage cycle 1 hour 1 day 5 min

Storage behavior Overflow Overflow not applicable

Active flow direction

Forward Forward Bidirectional

Accounting hour not applicable 0 (midnight) not applicable

Max. number of entries

Entries for approx. 38 days

Entries for approx. 2 years

20 entries

* Depending on location, the DataLogs for the specific FLOWSIC600 may be preconfigured to fit the requirements e.g. of API, MID or PTB. These settings may differ from the defaults described here.


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Complete the following steps to configure the DataLogs:

Go to the DataLogs page (select Meter / DataLogs from menu).

Choose the Configuration tab (see Figure 28).

Switch the meter into Configuration Mode (choose "File / Configuration Mode" from the menu).

Use the drop down lists to select the parameter settings.


Figure 28 DataLogs Configuration tab

4.7.2.3 Disabling DataLogs

To disable a DataLog complete the following steps:




Set the parameter "Storage cycle" to "disabled" for any DataLog that should be disabled.


"Configuration"tab

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4.7.2.4 Enabling (starting) DataLogs

To enable (start) a disabled DataLog, complete the steps described under pg. 77, 4.7.2.5 (Resetting DataLog Parameters to Defaults).

4.7.2.5 Resetting DataLog parameters to defaults

Complete the following steps to reset the DataLog parameters to the defaults:


Choose the "Configuration" tab (see Figure 28).


Click "Reset defaults".

Before resetting DataLog Parameters to DefaultsIn MEPAFLOW600 CBM from V1.1.00, DataLog entries are not saved in the meter database. Before clearing entries from DataLogs, download and export the entries into Excel ( pg. 96, 5.4.2).

DefaultsThe default settings are described in 2.4.3.1 and 2.4.3.2.


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4.7.3 Configuring and using the Diagnostics Comparison LogThe Diagnostics Comparison Log can be used to get information on changes in the meter‘s health (more information pg. 24, 2.4.4): The Diagnostic Comparison Report, created from the data of the Diagnostics Comparison Log, facilitates an easy and quick information about changes in the meter health between two different points of time (e.g. commission-ing and now) (see Technical Information Diagnostic Comparison Report Check).

4.7.3.1 Using the Diagnostics Comparison Log

The Diagnostics Comparison Log provides a comparison between current diagnostic values (dataset type "Diagnostic Values", see Technical Information) and those of a refer-ence time (e.g. at time of commissioning). The current diagnosis values are stored in Cur-rent Classes 1 to 5, while the reference values are stored in Reference Classes 1 to 5.

To prepare the Diagnostics Comparison Log for the future use, complete the following steps when the FLOWSIC600 is running under normal operating conditions:

Go to the "DataLogs" page (choose "Meter / DataLogs" from the menu) pg. 76, Figure 28.

In the "DataLog" selection dialog, activate the check box for "Diagnostics Comparison" [DataLog1], to download the Diagnostics Comparison data from the meter.

Click "Export Datalogs" and export the Diagnostics Comparison Data to an Excel File for future reference.

Clear all Diagnostics Comparison Log data that may have been collected from the meter during calibration:

Choose the "Configuration" tab (see Figure 28).

Switch the meter into Configuration Mode (select File/Configuration Mode from menu).

Click the "Clear Diagnostics Comparison" button and confirm the confirmation dialog with "Yes".

Switch the meter into Operation Mode.

If possible, operate the meter in the Velocity Range Classes 1 to 5 (also see pg. 79, 4.7.3.2) to fill the Reference Classes with data representing the correct operation of your installation.

Filling the velocity range classes with valid flow data● Only stable gas flow conditions will be used to calculate the averaged data

in the Diagnostics Comparison Log. Therefore the set gas velocities should be well within the class limits and should stay relatively stable for the time set as storage cycle (default is 5 minutes).

● The parameter DataLogClassStdev (Reg. #3050) sets the allowed standard deviation for the definition of the gas flow conditions as stable 2.4.3.4.

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

When the reference classes are filled with data representing the usual operation of the installation, the current classes will be continuously updated, showing the current state of the meter. Use the Diagnostics Comparison Report (see Technical Information) pg. 181, 6.4.3, to detect changes in the meter between the diagnostic values in the reference classes and those in the current classes.

4.7.3.2 Configuring the general conditions for the Diagnostics Comparison Log

The gas velocity class ranges are calculated to optimally cover the operation range of the meter. The lower limit of the gas velocity range classes is defined by the parameter "Min. VOG for warnings". The upper limit is defined by "VOG limit".

View the Diagnostics Comparison data tab, to find the velocity class limits calculated for the meter. Figure 4, S. 24 shows an example of a Diagnostics Comparison Log filled with entries.

If necessary, configure "Min. VOG for warnings" and "VOG limit" to fit the application range of your specific FLOWSIC600 on the configuration tab of the User Warnings window ( pg. 72, 4.7.1).

4.7.3.3 Configuring the Diagnostics Comparison Log

Complete the following steps to configure the Diagnostics Comparison Log:

Go to the DataLogs page (choose "Meter / DataLogs" from the menu).


Switch the meter into Configuration Mode (select File/Configuration Mode from menu).

Use the drop down lists behind the arrows to select the parameter settings.


● Changes to the parameters "Min. VOG for warnings" or "VOG limit" will clear all data from the Diagnostics Comparison Log!

● Note that the parameter "Min. VOG for warnings", Reg. #7208 "PathCompClassLow", plays an important role in path compensation (see Technical Information).

● Note that the parameter "VOG limit" also defines the limit for User Warnings.


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4.7.3.4 Configuration of the Diagnostics Comparison limits

The Diagnostics Comparison limits can be activated to make the meter generate a warning when the difference between the diagnostic values in the reference classes and those in the current classes exceed the Diagnostics Comparison limit values.

These limits can be activated and configured in the User Warnings window:


Open the "User Warnings" window from the main system bar by clicking the "User" button ( Figure 29).

Go to the "Diagnostic Comparison limits" tab ( Figure 29).

Use Tabelle 24 in der Technicaln Information to plan the optimum configuration of the Diagnostics Comparison limits to best suit your application.

Activate or deactivate the Diagnostic Comparison limits with the check box on the right.

Edit parameter values in the fields.


All Diagnostics Comparison limit parameters can be configured in the User Access Level "Authorized Operator" and without switching the meter to the Configuration Mode.

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Table 6 Diagnostics Comparison limits

Monitored difference between reference values and current values

Configurable difference limit

Default value

NotesDefault

activation state1

Profile factor Profile Factor change

10% A change of the profile factor value may be caused by contamination, blockage or deposits in the line that change the symmetry of the flow profile. We recommend to use the default value.

Off

Symmetry Symmetry change

10% A change of the symmetry value may be caused by contamination, blockage or deposits in the line that change the symmetry of the flow profile. We recommend to use the default value.

SOS differences between paths

SOS difference change

1% The SOS deviation indicates whether or not a path is measuring the correct transit time. We recommend to use the default value.

Turbulence Turbulence change

50% A change of the turbulence value may be caused by contamination, blockage or deposits in the line that change the symmetry of the flow profile. We recommend to use the default value.

SNR (Signal-to-noise ratio)

SNR change 20dB Interfering noise caused by fittings in the pipeline, valves that are not fully open, sources of noise near the measuring location, or defective ultrasonic transducers may affect the signal-to-noise-ratio. We recommend to use the default value.

AGC (Signal amplification)

AGC change 10dB If the AGCs of a path deviate more than allowed, this can indicate a malfunction in the ultrasonic transducers, electronic modules, transducer cables or parameter settings (signal models, control limits). We recommend to use the default value.

1 User Warnings must be activated to become effective on the warning output.


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Figure 29 "User Warnings" window with "Diagnostics Comparison limit" tab

"User" Button

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4 . 8 Activation of path compensationIf the status bit "Path compensation valid" is "active", then the FLOWSIC600 is able to compensate a path failure.

The meter automatically sets this bit to "active" after operating for about 20 minutes with error free measurement at all paths at a gas velocity between 1 to 8m/s (3.3 to 26.2 ft/s) and also about 20 minutes at a gas velocity higher than 8m/s (26.2 ft/s).

The status bit "Path compensation valid" is displayed on the "Meter status" page ( pg. 83, Figure 30).

Figure 30 "Meter status" page with active "Path compensation valid" status bit

Determination of path relationships during commissioningDue to the unique path relationships of each individual installation, every meter must determine the path relationships during the commissioning procedure.In order to ensure that the system is able to compensate for path failure at both high and low flow velocities, it is recommended that the FLOWSIC600 meter be run for 20 minutes at low gas velocities (< 8 m/s or < 26.2 ft/s) first and then for 20 minutes at high gas velocities (> 8 m/s or > 26.2 ft/s) during commissioning.

Opens the "Meter Status" screen

"Path compensation valid"


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4 . 9 SealingAfter having completed the commissioning, seal the signal processing unit (if required) in accordance with the sealing plan ( pg. 132, 7.6).

4 . 1 0 DocumentationThe commissioning should be documented with a Commissioning Protocol. The document "FLOWSIC600 Commissioning Protocol" is content of the FLOWSIC600 shipping on paper and on the product CD.

File the completed Commissioning Protocol with the Manufacturer Data Record (MDR)

Maintenance


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

FLOWSIC600

5 Maintenance

General

Routine checks

Maintenance report

Optional data download


Maintenance

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

5 . 1 GeneralThe FLOWSIC600 does not contain mechanically moving parts. The meter body and ultra-sonic transducers are the only components that come into contact with the gaseous media. Titanium and high-quality stainless steel ensure that these components are resistant to corrosion, provided that the meter is installed and operated in accordance with the relevant specifications. This means that the FLOWSIC600 is a low-maintenance system. User Warning Limits can be configured to provide early warnings for possible issues with contamination or blockage. Maintenance is limited mainly to routine checks to determine the plausibility of the measured values and diagnostic results produced by the system.

It is recommended that Maintenance Reports be created and filed on a regular basis ( pg. 92, 5.3). This creates a basis of comparable data over time and helps when a problem requires diagnosis.

Routine checks:

»Comparing theoretical and measured Speed of Sound (SOS)« (pg. 87)

»Checking the meter health« (pg. 89)

»Time synchronization« (pg. 90)

»Battery lifespan / capacity« (pg. 91)

Documentation:

»Maintenance report« (pg. 92)

Optional data download:

»Logbook check« (pg. 94)

»DataLogs check« (pg. 96)

»Prüfen des Diagnostics Comparison Reports« (see Technical Information)

»Trendreport« (see Technical Information)

»Sicherung der MEPAFLOW600 CBM Zählerdatenbank« (see Technical Information)

Optional advanced configurations:

»Optionale Anpassung der Nutzerwarnungen« (see Technical Information)

The operating conditions (gas composition, pressure, temperature, flow velocity) of the individual Maintenance Reports should be comparable or documented separately and taken into account when the data is analyzed.

Maintenance


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

5 . 2 Routine checksThe information displayed on the front panel LCD display of the FLOWSIC600 meter can be checked to ensure that the system is functioning properly. The MEPAFLOW600 CBM soft-ware provides a more user friendly way for doing routine checks.

5.2.1 Comparing theoretical and measured Speed of Sound (SOS)One of the most important criteria for the correct operation of an ultrasonic gas meter is the consistency between the theoretical SOS, calculated for the actual gas composition, temperature and pressure, and the SOS measured by the ultrasonic gas meter.

The Speed of Sound Calculator (SOS Calculator) available in MEPAFLOW600 CBM calculates a theoretical SOS for a specific gas composition at a specified temperature and pressure ( Figure 31). The calculation of thermodynamic properties is based on the "GERG-2004 XT08 Wide-Range Equation of State for Natural Gases and other Mixtures". The algorithms that are implemented in the SOS calculator were developed by the Ruhr-University Bochum (Germany).

Figure 31 Speed of Sound Calculator with loaded gas composition file


Start the SOS calculator from the Maintenance Report or choose "Tools / SOS Calculator" from the menu ( pg. 92, Figure 35).


Maintenance

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Enter the gas composition and specify temperature and pressure for your specific application.

Click the "Calculate" button.

If the SOS calculator was started from the Maintenance Report, the calculated value is automatically copied to the corresponding field in the wizard and to the report.

Compare the theoretical SOS with the SOS measured by the FLOWSIC600 (see Figure 32, main system bar).

The deviation between both should be less than 0.1%. If the deviation exceeds 0.3%, check the plausibility of temperature, pressure and gas composition. Otherwise proceed according to pg. 87, 5.2.1.

It is possible to set up a user warning to continuously monitor for a deviation between a theoretical SOS (written to the meter e.g. by a flow computer) and the current measured SOS. See -> Section Commissioning, Optional setup of user warnings.

Maintenance


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

5.2.2 Checking the meter healthThe FLOWSIC600 monitors its own meter health with User Warnings and system alarms. If the outputs are configured to indicate alarms and / or User Warnings, it is not necessary to manually check the meter health.

To get visual feedback about the meter‘s health, the "Main system bar" in MEPAFLOW600 CBM provides a compact overview:


Check the main system bar for any yellow or red icon ( Figure 32). A red or yellow icon indicates a potential problem with the meter.

If any of the icons in the main system bar are yellow or red, proceed with checking the "Meter Status" ( pg. 101, 6.2.1) and the "User Warnings" ( pg. 103, 6.2.2).

Figure 32 Main system bar

Main system bar

Measured SOSIcons for system alarms, User Warnings and performance


Maintenance

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

5.2.3 Time synchronizationAll entries in logbooks or datalogs saved in the meter‘s memory (FRAM) are written with a time stamp containing the meter time. The meter time can be synchronized with a master clock (e.g. PC clock) via MODBUS or with MEPAFLOW600 CBM.

:Synchronization via MODBUS

The date and the time of the FLOWSIC600 can be set separately by an external write. Each operation for date and time causes a separate entry in the Custody logbook [1].

Alternatively the synchronization function can be used. To use this method, the date (Reg. #5007 "Date") and the time register (Reg. #5008 "Time") must be written sequentially within 2 seconds. The date register must be written first. The write operation can be accomplished by the MODBUS without setting the FLOWSIC600 into Configuration Mode.

Time synchronization via MEPAFLOW600 CBM

MEPAFLOW600 CBM offers a synchronization function via a button in the "Meter Information" screen ( Figure 33). The button is marked with a yellow sign calling attention to the synchronization if the time difference between the meter clock and the PC clock is greater than 30 seconds.

Figure 33 Synchronization button and meter clock synchronization window

A synchronization causes a logbook entry in the Custody logbook [1] only if the time change is greater than 3% of the time elapsed since the last synchronization.

Maintenance


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

5.2.4 Battery lifespan / capacityThe Real Time Clock (RTC) of the FLOWSIC600 is buffered by a battery. The manufacturer states that the battery life span is at least ten years. The remaining battery capacity can be viewed on the LCD in the first menu level (see Technical Information).

Figure 34 Display of remaining battery capacity on the LCD display

Because the FLOWSIC600 has no regular maintenance cycle, the system alarm "Battery lifetime" is generated when the remaining battery life is less than 15%. This alarm forces the operator to change the battery ( pg. 101, 6.2.1). A logbook entry is also generated. Optionally, the user can choose an additional user warning for the battery lifespan (see Technical Information).

BatteryCharge 100%

NOTICE: The battery may only be changed by trained staff. See pg. 106, 6.2.4 for troubleshooting.


Maintenance

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

5 . 3 Maintenance reportIt is recommended that Maintenance Reports be generated and filed on a regular basis. This creates a basis of comparable data over time and helps when a problem has to be diagnosed.

Figure 35 "Maintenance report" wizard

To create a maintenance report, follow the described procedure:

Choose "Favorites / Maintenance report" from the menu to open the Maintenance report wizard ( Figure 35).

Enter the information (Description, Technician) in the fields provided.

The operating conditions (gas composition, pressure, temperature, flow velocity) of the individual Maintenance Reports should be similar or documented separately and taken into account when the data is analyzed.

Click to open the "SOS Calculator"

Maintenance


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Specify the "Collection duration", a timespan, over which live meter data is to be collected to document the meter‘s state (default: 1 minute).

Enter the current pressure, temperature and SOS. Use the SOS Calculator to calculate the SOS for the gas composition ( pg. 87, 5.2.1). The gas composition must be current and representative.

Click the "Start" button to start live data collection. Diagnosis data, measured values and status information will be collected over the specified time span and will be saved in the meter database.

Click the "Create report" button. The Maintenance report will be generated and displayed.

Print it and file the copy in the Manufacturer Data Report (MDR) shipped with the meter.

The Maintenance report and the record are stored in the MEPAFLOW600 CBM meter database and accessible via the "Meter explorer" and the "Report Manager". Maintenance reports can be exported to an Excel file. If Maintenance reports have been regularly collected, a Trend report can be created (see Technical Information).


Maintenance

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

5 . 4 Optional data download

5.4.1 Logbook check

The "Meter logbook" page shows all logbook entries on the meter and in the MEPAFLOW600 CBM database. It provides details on each entry and information on the number of registered events and the remaining memory space.

Figure 36 "Meter logbook" page in MEPAFLOW600 CBM

5.4.1.1 Downloading and saving logbook entries to the MEPAFLOW600 CBM meter database

To download and save logbook entries to the MEPAFLOW600 CBM meter database, proceed as follows:


Choose "Meter / Meter Logbook" from the menu to open the Logbook page.

In the dialog "Logbook selection", select the desired logbooks and click "OK".

The logbook entries are now downloaded to the MEPAFLOW600 CBM database. They can be viewed offline without connection to the meter or share them with others (export the device or the session).

To prevent an overflow of the logbooks and possible data loss, logbook entries can be saved to the meter database with the MEPAFLOW600 CMB software. The entries on the meter can then be deleted.

Maintenance


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

5.4.1.2 Acknowledging logbook entries on the meter

To acknowledge logbook entries on the meter, proceed as follows:

Download and save the logbook entries from the meter according to 5.4.1.1.

Select the logbook in which entries are to be acknowledged or select "All logbooks" to acknowledge entries in all logbooks at once.

Mark the entries to be acknowledged.

Click the "Acknowledge selection" button to acknowledge the selected entries only or click the "Acknowledge all" button in order to acknowledge all entries in the selected logbook(s).

5.4.1.3 Clearing logbooks on the meter

If the logbooks are configured with the storage behavior "rolling", it is not necessary to clear the logbooks on the meter. When the logbook is full, new entries will overwrite the oldest entries.

If a logbook is configured with the storage behavior "blocking" (e.g. with custody configura-tion), a full Custody logbook [1] will activate the meter status "Data invalid". In this case it is recommended to clear the logbooks.

To clear the logbooks on the meter, proceed as follows:

Choose the User Access Level "Service" ( pg. 59, 4.3.2).

Download and save the logbook entries from the meter according to 5.4.1.1.

Select the logbook to be cleared or select "All logbooks" to clear all.

Switch the meter to Configuration Mode (choose "File / Configuration Mode" from the menu).

Click the "Clear meter logbook" button and confirm the warning with "OK".

Switch the meter to Operation Mode.

If the Parameter write lock was unlocked prior to clearing the meter logbook, follow all necessary procedures to bring the meter to back to its original state.

NOTICE: The following preconditions must be met to clear logbooks on the meter:● The Parameter write lock must be in the "UNLOCKED" position (see Techni-

cal Information)● The user must be in the User Access Level "Service" (password see Service

Manual).● The meter must be in Configuration Mode.


Maintenance

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

5.4.2 DataLogs checkStarting with firmware version 3.4.00, the FLOWSIC600 provides two DataLogs (Hourly Log and Daily Log). They save averaged measured values and are stored in the SPU‘s non-volatile memory (FRAM). All data can be downloaded and exported to Excel files with MEPAFLOW600 CBM ( pg. 73, on configuring the DataLogs.).

Figure 37 DataLogs page with opened tab for Hourly Logs

Full support for the DataLogs is provided by MEPAFLOW600 CBM V1.1.00 or higher.

„Meter Status“ section

for update for export

Maintenance


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

5.4.2.1 Downloading and exporting of DataLog data

To download and export the data from your FLOWSIC600, complete the following steps:


Go to the DataLogs page (choose "Meter / DataLogs" from the menu).

In the dialog "DataLog selection", select those DataLogs that you want to view and/or export and click "OK".

Now the DataLogs page is displayed with the data from the meter (see Technical Infor-mation).

If you select a DataLog entry, its time stamp and the meter status (see below) is shown in the middle section.

To update the data from the meter, use the button "Read DataLogs".

To export DataLog data to an Excel file (.xls), use the button "Export DataLogs".

For more options and configuration, see Technical Information.

5.4.2.2 Clearing entries from DataLogs

If the DataLogs are configured with the storage behavior "rolling", it is not necessary to clear the entries from the DataLogs on the meter. When the DataLog is full, new entries will overwrite the oldest entries.

If a DataLog is configured with the storage behavior "blocking", the DataLog will stop sav-ing new entries when it is full and a yellow light will indicate the full DataLog on the meter status table ( pg. 101, 6.2.1). In this case it is recommended to clear the entries from the DataLogs.

Meter statusIn every DataLog entry, a condensed meter status information is saved. It shows all meter status information that became active during the storage cycle - even if it was for the shortest period of time. If a meter status information bit is shown active in a DataLog entry, the logbooks will contain a corresponding entry with more information. Always check the logbooks, if you require more information about the meter

status information in the DataLogs.

Flow weighted diagnostic information in DataLog dataThe datasets do not contain any diagnostic information for gas velocities below the value for the parameter Vmin (Reg. #7036 "LowFlowCutOff"). The "Flow time" value shows, for what percentage of the duration of the storage cycle the flow was above Vmin and in the flow direction specified for the DataLog.All diagnostic information is flow-weighted.


Maintenance

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

To clear all entries from a DataLog, complete the following steps:


Choose the Configuration tab.


Click the "Clear" button for the DataLogs from which you want to clear entries.

Switch the meter into Operation Mode.

Troubleshooting


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

FLOWSIC600

6 Troubleshooting

General troubleshooting

Indication of meter states, system alarms and warnings

Generation of diagnosis session

Meter connection troubleshooting


Troubleshooting

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

This chapter provides solutions for problems highlighted by routine tests during maintenance ( pg. 87, 5.2) or the function tests after commissioning ( pg. 69, 4.6).

If the cause of the problem cannot be localized, it is recommended to use the MEPAFLOW600 CBM software to record the current parameter set and diagnosis values in a diagnosis session file ( pg. 107, 6.3) and send this to a local SICK representative.

6 . 1 General troubleshooting

6 . 2 Indication of meter states, system alarms and warningsThe FLOWSIC600 gives information about alarms and warnings in the following ways:

● The LCD display indicates active system alarms or warnings. If a current error or warning is active, the display will flash and a message will be displayed with a message number in the upper right corner ( pg. 118, 7.2.1 for more details on LCD error messages).

● A status output can be configured to indicate if the meter status "Data invalid", the meter status "Check request" or the "Warning" status become active.

● The pulse output can be configured to indicate if the meter is in Configuration Mode or if the meter status "Data invalid" becomes active.

● The meter status registers can be read via MODBUS (see document "FLOWSIC600 Modbus Specification").

● The MEPAFLOW600 CBM software can be used to check the meter health. System alarms and User Warnings are indicated in the Main system bar.

It is recommended to use MEPAFLOW600 CBM to get further information on the meter‘s health:

If the meter indicates "Data invalid" or "Check request" follow pg. 101, 6.2.1.

If the meter indicates "Warning", follow pg. 103, 6.2.2.

To do a more detailed check of the meter health (see „Technical Information“

Problem Possible causes Actions

● No display● No pulse fre-

quency● No active status

signal

Faulty power supply

Check the input voltage at terminals 1 and 2.

Check cables and terminal connections.CautionTake the relevant safety precautions!

Defective device Create a diagnosis session according to

pg. 107, 6.3 and contact your local SICK representative.

Troubleshooting


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

6.2.1 Checking the "Meter Status" windowThe "Meter status" window in MEPAFLOW600 CBM displays an overview about the meter's status and operation.


Click on the "System" button in the main system bar to open the "Meter status" window ( Figure 38).

Check the general "Meter Status" section (marked in Figure 38) for yellow or red lights.

If there are no yellow or red lights in the general "Meter Status" section you can check the following other sections (also marked in Figure 38) for yellow or red lights.

Meter status light Causes ActionsGreen light "Measure-ment valid"

Measurement is valid, meter is operating correctly.

Red light "Measurement valid"

Measurement is invalid and / or the meter is in Configuration Mode.The measured volume is counted in the error volume counter.1

1 See pg. 17, 2.2.2 for more details on meter states.

If the meter is in Configuration Mode, choose "File / Operation Mode" from the menu to switch it to Operation Mode.

Otherwise proceed according to pg. 107, 6.3.

Yellow light "Check request"

One or more paths have failed or another problem affects the mea-surement accuracy.1

Proceed according to pg. 107, 6.3.

Yellow light "User Warn-ing Limit exceeded".

A User Warning Limit was exceeded.2

2 See pg. 20, 2.3 for more details on User Warnings.

Check the User Warnings according to pg. 103, 6.2.2.

Red light "Path failure" One or more paths have failed. Proceed according to pg. 107, 6.3.

Meter status light Causes ActionsYellow light "Logbook contains unack. entries"

Logbook contains unac-knowledged entries.

Download and check all logbook entries according to pg. 94, 5.4.1.1.

Red light for any Logbook "full"

The logbook in question is configured to "blocking" and is full of entries.

Download and check all logbook entries according to pg. 94, 5.4.1.1. Clear the meter logbook according to pg. 95, 5.4.1.3. Consider reconfiguring the logbook to "rolling" (Parameter Page).If your meter is configured according to PTB requirements a full Custody Logbook [1] will activate the meter status "Data invalid". Download and check all logbook entries according to pg. 94, 5.4.1.1. Clear the meter logbook according to pg. 95, 5.4.1.3.

Yellow light for any Data-Log "full"

The DataLog in question is configured to "blocking" and is full of entries.

Check the DataLog 1 leeren whether the DataLog is to be configured as "rolling" 1.

Yellow light "Battery Lifes-pan (change battery)"

After 8.5 years this warning is activated to force the user to change the battery.

See pg. 106, 6.2.4 for more details. Contact trained staff or your SICK representative. Trained staff: Change the battery according to the procedure described in the

Service Manual


Troubleshooting

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Figure 38 Main system bar with "System" button and opened "Meter Status" windowOpens the "MeterStatus" window

Main system bar

General "Meter Status" section

Indication if logbook(s) contain(s) unacknowledged entries

"Logbooks" section

"DataLogs" section

Battery change

Troubleshooting


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

6.2.2 Checking the "User Warnings" windowThe "User Warnings" window displays an overview about the User Warning status.


Click on the "User" button in the main system bar of the MEPAFLOW600 CBM screen to open the "User Warnings" window ( Figure 39).

Check the window for yellow lights and proceed according to Technical Information.

Figure 39 Main system bar with button "User" and opened "User Warnings" window

Opens the "User Warnings" window


Troubleshooting

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

6.2.3 Checking the diagnostic meter valuesThe "Meter values" page displays detailed diagnostic information:


Choose "Meter / Meter values" from the menu to call up the "Meter values" page ( Figure 40).

Check the "Meter values" page for any yellow or red graphs or yellow or red indicators in the Main system bar. Yellow or red indicates a potential problem.

If any of the graphs or any of the icons in the main system bar are yellow or red, proceed with checking the "Meter Status" ( pg. 101, 6.2.1) and the "User Warnings" ( pg. 103, 6.2.2).

Figure 40 "Meter values" page

Main system bar

Troubleshooting


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Problem Possible causes ActionsImplausible sepeed of sound

Gas composition, pressure or temperature measurement is incorrect

Check gas composition, pressure and temperature.Create a Diagnosis Session according to pg. 107, 6.3 and contact your trained staff or your local SICK representative.

Different speed of sound in the individual paths

Faulty transducer or electronic module

Create a Diagnosis Session according to pg. 107, 6.3 and contact your trained staff or your local SICK representative.Trained staff: Replace the transducer(s) (see Service Manual, Chapter 7).Note:Temperature-induced stratification can result in differences between the individual paths, especially with very low flow (higher temperatures generate higher speeds of sound). Even if the plant is being filled or if it is shut down, different speeds of sound may occur in the individual paths as a result of stratification.

Lower signal-to-noise ratio and reception sen-sitivityIncreased number of rejected measurements in individual paths

Damaged transducer Create a Diagnosis Session according to pg. 107, 6.3 and contact your trained staff or your local SICK representative.Trained staff: Replace the transducer(s) (see Service Manual, Chapter 7).

Additional sources of noise due to a valve that is not fully open, fit-tings, noise sources near the device

Check the measurement plausibility and number of rejected measurements and, if necessary, eliminate noise sources.Create a Diagnosis Session according to pg. 107, 6.3 and contact your trained staff or your local SICK representative.

Increased receiver sensi-tivity (AGC)

Different gas composi-tion or process pressure

No action required on the device

Transducer(s) are dirty Create a Diagnosis Session according to pg. 107, 6.3 and contact your trained staff or your local SICK representative.Trained staff: Clean the transducer(s) (see Service Manual, Chapter 7)

Increased number of rejected measurements in all paths

Additional noise sources

Eliminate noise sources

Gas velocity outside the measuring range


Troubleshooting

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

6.2.4 Battery lifespan / capacityBecause the FLOWSIC600 has no regular maintenance cycle, a user warning will be automatically generated if the remaining battery life is less than 15%. After 8.5 years, a warning is generated which forces the operator to change the battery. The battery may only be changed by trained staff. The procedure for changing the battery is described in the Service Manual. For further information on warning settings see Technical Information.

Figure 41 Flashing message on the LCD display, prompts to change the battery

Figure 42 "Battery Lifespan" status bit in "Meter Status" window

INFORMATION 1030LifeSpan Battery

"Battery Lifespan" status bit

Troubleshooting


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

6 . 3 Generation of a Diagnosis sessionIf it becomes necessary to generate a Diagnosis session for remote support, follow the procedure described below:

Start the MEPAFLOW600 CBM software and establish an online connection to the meter (see pg. 59, 4.3 for all necessary preparations).

Choose "Tools / Diagnosis session" from the menu or click the "Diagnosis session" item in the Key navigation ( Figure 43)

Figure 43 "Diagnosis session" generation

Specify a file name. (The file path is set according to the program settings. If necessary, specify a different path.)

Click the "Save" button.

MEPAFLOW600 CBM will now download the logbooks from the meter and generate a Diagnosis session with all relevant data. The entire process usually takes about three minutes. If the logbooks contain a lot of entries, the process may take longer.

Email the Diagnosis session file to your SICK representative for support.

"Diagnosis session" item


Troubleshooting

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

6 . 4 Meter connection troubleshooting

Meter not found at initial connection/connection lost during session

Check all cables and the hardware. Check also the correct installation of the adapters (see pg. 57, 4.2.1 and pg. 58, 4.2.2).

Attempt to re-establish connection via "Connect to Meter" window.

Use the options in the window displayed to make MEPAFLOW600 CBM search with wider options ( Figure 44), especially if parameters (e.g. the baud rate) may have been changed.

Figure 44 "Meter not found" dialog for the specification of wider search options.

If necessary, the RS485 ports can be assigned to a specific bus address (Reg. #5020 "DeviceBusaddress"). The service port always has the bus address "1".

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

FLOWSIC600

7 Appendix

Conformities and technical data

Logbooks

Connection diagrams for operating the FLOWSIC600 in hazardous areas in accordance with North American Guidelines (NEC, CEC)

Wiring examples

Sealing plan


Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

7 . 1 Conformities and technical data

7.1.1 CE certificateThe FLOWSIC600 has been developed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the following EC directives:

● Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC

● Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX)

● EMC Directive 2004/108/EC

● MID Directive 2004/22/EC

Conformity with above directives has been verified and the device has been marked with the CE label. The specific designation of the pressure equipment demanded according to the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC under part 3.3 and 3.4 can be found in the MDR of the FLOWSIC600.

7.1.2 Standard compatibility and type approvalThe FLOWSIC600 conforms to the following norms, standards or recommendations:

● EN 60079-0, EN 60079-1, EN 60079-7, EN 60079-11, EN 60079-26

● OIML R 137-1, 2006, "Gas meters, Part 1: Requirements"

● OIML D 11, 2004, "General requirements for electronic measuring instruments"

● A.G.A Report No. 9, 2007, "Measurement of Gas by Multipath Ultrasonic Meters"

● API 21.1 "Flow Measurement Using Electronic Metering Systems"

● ISO 17089-1, 2010, "Measurement of fluid flow in closed conduits - ultrasonic meters for gas - Part 1: Meters for custody transfer and allocation measurement."

● BS 7965, 2009, "Guide to the selection, installation, operation and calibration of diagonal path transit time ultrasonic flow meters for industrial gas applications.

2“ Type approval for commercial or custody transfer has been granted by the relevant authorities, e.g.:

– Germany: PTB (Physikalisch-Technical Bundesanstalt), code number 7.421 / 03.05

– Netherlands: NMI (Netherlands Meetinstituut), code number B35

– Canada: Measurement Canada, Approval No. AG-0521

– Switzerland: Metrologie und Akkreditierung Switzerland, Appr. No. CH-G4-04404-00

– Europe: MID Approval, DE-08-MI002-PTB005

– GOST

7.1.3 WELMEC complianceThe interfaces and the software of the FLOWSIC600 have been designed non-reactive in terms of the Eichordnung, Anlage 7 "Messgeräte für Gas" (calibration regulations, Annex 7 "Gas Meters") and the requirements of the WELMEC regulation 7.2, and documented completely in document "Interface description".

The test results were archived in a traceable manner and can be provided on request.

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Figure 45 Common key code (for short description of meter design, indicated on Type Plate* and Instrument Data Sheet**)

* See pg. 136, Figure 63** The Instrument Data Sheet is included in the Manufacturer Data Report (MDR).

Type Code FLOWSIC600 Group 7 8 10 12 13 14 15

FL600- - -

METER BODYPath configuration

1-Path 1 P2-Path 2 P4-Path 4 P1+1-Path redundant 1 R2+2-Path redundant 2 R4+4-Path (Quatro) 4 R4+1-Path (2plex) 5 C2-Path crossed 2 X4-Path crossed 4 X2-Path Special 2 S

Overall length2D 2 D3D 3 D4D 4 D5D 5 D6D 6 DShortened Meter body S DOther size X D

Nominal size 2" / DN 50 0 2 3" / DN 80 0 3 4" / DN 100 0 4 6" / DN 150 0 6 8" / DN 200 0 810" / DN 250 1 012" / DN 300 1 216" / DN 400 1 6Other size # #

Connection flange typeASME B16.5 / ASME B16.47 (>24") C L # # # #DIN EN 1092-1 P N # # # #GOST 12815-80 / 12821-80 / GOST-R 54432-2011 P N # # # #NORSOK L 005 N K # # # #TECHLOK I N X X # #Grayloc G R X X # #EN 1759-1 C L # # # #Other type X X X X X X

Connection diameterSchedule #### S C # # # #Specified in [mm] (DIN) # # # # . #

Flange type / sealing face Raised Face (ASME B16.5 / B16.47) R FRing Type Joint (ASME B16.5 / B16.47) R JForm B1 (EN 1092-1 / 1759-1) B 1Form B2 (EN 1092-1 / 1759-1) B 2Form # Inlet / Form # Outlet (EN 1092-1 / 1759-1) # #Version V# (GOST 12815-80 / 12821-80) V #Type T# (GOST-R 54432-2011) T #Special design X X

Material Carbon Steel 0Stainless steel 1LT-CS 2Duplex 3Superduplex 4Superaustenit 5Aluminium 6Other material X

Connection for Extraction ToolYes YNo N

9 ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCER (Will be selected by SICK on the basis of the technical data ) _ _

SIGNAL PROCESSING UNITEx-proof-design

None 0CSA Group D T4 1CSA Group B, C, D T4 2ATEX IIA T4, M20x1.5 3ATEX IIC T4, M20x1.5 4ATEX IIA T4, 1/2 NPT 5ATEX IIC T4, 1/2 NPT 6IECEx IIA T4, M20x1.5 7IECEx IIC T4, M20x1.5 8IECEx IIA T4, 1/2 NPT 9IECEx IIC T4, 1/2 NPT A

11 Power supply12 ... 24V DC D C

Data outputsHardware variant 1 (4 digital outputs) 1Hardware variant 2 (1 analog current output and 3 digital outputs) 2Hardware variant 4 (1 analog current output and 2 RS485) 4Hardware variant 5 (with integrated EVC, p- and T-transmitters externally power supplied, I/O board with DSP) 5Hardware variant 6 (with integrated EVC, p- and T-transmitters internally power supplied, I/O board with DSP) 6Hardware variant 7 (same as hardware variant 1, but with LowPressureAnalogBoard) 7Hardware variant 8 (same as hardware variant 2, but with LowPressureAnalogBoard) 8Hardware variant 9 (same as hardware variant 4, but with LowPressureAnalogBoard) 9Hardware variant A (same as hardware variant 5, but with LowPressureAnalogBoard) AHardware variant B (same as hardware variant 6, but with LowPressureAnalogBoard) B

HART-Protocol (By selection of hardware variant 2 and 8 only)Yes YNo N

Front panelLED SICK 0LCD SICK 1

Custody transfer design meter *

Yes YNo N

# … to be specified by SICK

* … only design of USM, no restriction to type approval( 4P; 5C; 4R --> Y / other path configurations --> N)

E_69423

4

2

10

15

14

13

12

9

Key code1

5

6

8

7

3

115 61 2 3 4

Rev. 1.12

2013/05


Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

7.1.4 Technical data

Table 8 Common meter sizes and flow rates

Type approvalThe information in this section may differ from the type approval which is valid for the FLOWSIC600 in your country. Please use your national type approval for the FLOWSIC600.

Nominal Size

Actual flow rate [m³/h]

Actual flow rate[ft³/h]

Max. Velocity*

Qmin Qt Qmax1

1 Qmax can be limited by the working pressure and attenuation of the gas medium

Qmin Qmax 1 [m/sec] [ft/sec]

DN 50 (NPS 2) 4 13 400 140 14,000 65 213

DN 80 (NPS 3) 8 32 1000 280 35,000 65 213

DN 100 (NPS 4) 13 50 1,600 460 56,000 60 197

DN 150 (NPS 6) 20 80 3000 710 106,000 50 164

DN 200 (NPS 8) 32 130 4500 1,130 159,000 45 148

DN 250 (NPS 10) 50 240 7000 1,770 247,000 40 131

DN 300 (NPS 12) 65 375 8000 2,300 282,000 33 108

DN 350 (NPS 14) 80 375 10000 2,830 353,000 33 108

DN 400 (NPS 16) 120 600 14000 4,240 494,000 33 108

DN 450 (NPS 18) 130 650 17000 4,600 600,000 33 108

DN 500 (NPS 20) 200 975 20000 7,070 707,000 33 108

DN 600 (NPS 24) 320 1500 32000 11,300 1,131,000 33 108

DN 700 (NPS 28) 400 2000 40000 14,100 1,414,000 30 98

DN 750 (NPS 30) 400 2000 45000 14,100 1,590,000 30 98

DN 800 (NPS 32) 400 2400 50000 14,100 1,767,000 30 98

DN 900 (NPS 36) 650 3750 66000 23,000 2,333,000 30 98

DN 1000 (NPS 40) 650 5000 80000 23,000 2,828,000 30 98

DN 1050 (NPS 42) 1300 6000 85,000 46,000 3,004,000 30 98

DN 1100 (NPS 44) 1400 6500 90000 49,500 3,181,000 28 92

DN 1200 (NPS 48) 1600 7000 100000 56,600 3,535,000 27 89

*When a configuration with flow conditioner is used, the velocity of gas must not exceed 40 m/s (131 ft/s) in the pipe.

TYPE APPROVAL

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Table 9 Technical data

Meter characteristics and measuring parametersMeasured variables Flow rate, volume at flowing and base conditions, gas velocity, speed of soundNumber of measuring paths 2, 4, 4+1, 4+4Measuring Principle Ultrasonic transit time difference measurementMeasured medium Natural gas, N2, O2, air, C2H4, vapor, process gasesMeasuring ranges Actual flow rate. 4 ... 400 m³/h / 1,600 ... 100,000 m³/h

Measuring ranges depending on nominal pipe sizeRepeatability < 0.1 % of readingAccuracy Error limits

2-path version 1 ≤ ± 1 %4-path version 2 ≤ ± 0.5%

Dry calibrated4-path version 2 ≤ ± 0.2%

After flow calibration and adjustment with constant factor4-path version 2 ≤ ± 0.1%

After flow calibration and adjustment with polynominal or piece-wise correction

1 Within range Qt ... Qmax with straight inlet/outlet section of 20D/3D or with flow straightener 10D/3D2 Within range Qt ... Qmax with uninterrupted inlet/outlet section 10D/3D or with flow straightener 5D/3D

Diagnostics functions Integrated device diagnosis and extended diagnosis use software MEPAFLO600 CBMGas temperature –40 °C ... +180 °C

On request: –194 °C ... +280 °COperating pressure 0 bar (g) ... 250 bar (g)

On request: Up to 450 bar (g)Nominal pipe size 2" ... 48" (DN 50 ... DN 1200)Ambient conditionsAmbient temperature ATEX, CSA –40 °C ... +60 °C

IECEx –40 °C ... +70 °COptional IECEx –50 °C ... +70 °C

Storage temperature –40 °C ... +70 °CAmbient humidity ≤ 95% relative humidityApprovalsConformities AGA Report No. 9

API 21.1OIML D11OIML R137-1ISO 17089-1BS 7965Type approvals: MID, Measurement Canada, GOST ...

Ex approvals IECEx Gb/Ga Ex d e ib [ia Ga] IIA T4Gb/Ga Ex d e ib [ia Ga] IIC T4Ultrasonic transducer, intrinsically safe

ATEX II 1/2G Ex de ib [ia] IIA T4II 1/2G Ex de ib [ia] IIC T4Ultrasonic transducer, intrinsically safe

NEC/CEC (US/CA) Class I, Division 1, Groups B, C, D T4Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4Class I, Division 1, Group D T4Class I, Division 2, Group D T4Ultrasonic transducer, intrinsically safe

Electrical safety CEIP classification IP 65 / IP 66 / IP 67


Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Outputs and interfacesAnalog output 1 output (optional):

4 ... 20 mA, 200 ΩActive/passive, electrically isolated

Digital outputs Up to 3 outputs:30 V, 10 mAPassive, electrically isolated, open collector or acc. to NAMUR (EN 50227), fmax = 6 kHz (scalable)

Interfaces RS-485 (2x, for configuration, measured value output and diagnosis)Bus protocol MODBUS ASCII

MODBUS RTUHART

Operation Via meter display and software MEPAFLOW600 CBMInstallationDimensions (W x H x D) See dimension drawingsWeight Depending on device versionMaterial in contact with media Low-temperature carbon steel, stainless steel, Duplex steelElectrical connectionVoltage 12 ... 28.8 V DDC

For active current output: 15 ... 28.8 V DDCPower input ≤ 1 WGeneralScope of delivery The scope of delivery is dependent on the application and the customer specifications.

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Criteria applicable to meter when used in accordance with metrological type approval Table 10 Meter sizes according to metrological type approval

Meter size

Meter sizeMeasuring range (Qmin [m³/h]) Max. flow

rate Qmax [m³/h]

Meter factor

[pulses/m³] 1:100 1:80 1:50 1:30 1:20

DN 80(3")

G100 8 160 45000

G160 8 13 250 28800

G250 8 13 20 400 18000

G400* 8 13 20 32 650 11100

DN 100(4")

G160 13 250 28800

G250 13 20 400 18000

G400 13 20 32 650 11100

G650* 13 20 32 50 1000 7200

DN 150(6")

G250 20 400 18000

G400 20 32 650 11100

G650 20 32 50 1000 7200

G1000 20 32 50 80 1600 4500

G1000E 32 2200 3272

G1600* 20 32 50 80 130 2500 2880

DN 200(8")

G400 32 650 11100

G650 32 50 1000 7200

G1000 32 50 80 1600 4500

G1600 32 50 80 130 2500 2880

G1600E 32 40 3600 2000

G2500* 32 80 130 200 4000 1800

DN 250(10")

G1000 50 80 1600 4500

G1600 50 80 130 2500 2880

G2500 50 80 130 200 4000 1800

G2500E 50 5000 1285

G4000* 50 80 130 200 320 6500 1110

DN 300(12")

G1600 80 130 2500 2880

G2500 80 130 200 4000 1800

G4000 65 80 130 200 320 6500 1110

G4000 E 65 7800 920

DN 350(14")

G1600 80 2500 2880

G2500 80 130 200 4000 1800

G4000 80 130 200 320 6500 1110

G4000 E 80 7800 920


Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

DN 400(16")

G2500 130 200 4000 1800

G4000 130 200 320 6500 1110

G6500 120 200 320 500 10000 720

G6500 E 120 12000 600

DN 450(18")

G4000 130 200 320 6500 1110

G6500 130 200 320 500 10000 720

G10000 130 16000 450

DN 500(20")

G4000 200 320 6500 1110

G6500 200 320 500 10000 720

G10000 200 320 500 800 16000 450

G10000 E 200 20000 360

DN 550(22")

G6500 200 320 500 10000 720

G10000 200 320 500 800 16000 450

G16000 200 25000 288

DN 600(24")

G6500 320 500 10000 720

G10000 320 500 800 16000 450

G16000 320 500 800 1300 25000 288

G16000 E 320 32000 225

DN 650(26")

G6500 320 500 10000 720

G10000 320 500 800 16000 450

G16000 320 500 800 1300 25000 288

G16000E 320 32000 225

DN 700(28")

G6500 500 10000 720

G10000 500 16000 450

G16000 500 25000 288

G25000 400 500 40000 180

DN 750(30")

G6500 500 10000 720

G10000 500 16000 450

G16000 500 25000 288

G25000 400 500 40000 180

DN 800(32")

G10000 500 800 16000 450

G16000 500 25000 288

G25000 400 500 40000 180

DN 850(34“)

G16000 800 25000 288

G25000 800 40000 180

G40000 650 800 65000 111

DN 900(36")

G16000 800 25000 288

G25000 800 40000 180

G40000 650 800 65000 111

Meter size


rate Qmax [m³/h]

Meter factor

[pulses/m³] 1:100 1:80 1:50 1:30 1:20

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

● Any flow rates given above are also valid in the bidirectional mode.

● G-classes marked with an asterisk (*) must only be used in configuration No. 2 (see pg. 33, 3.2.2).

● G-classes marked with an (E) have an extended max. flow rate (max. flow velocity vmax = 36 m/s) related to commonly established turbine meter G-classes.

● The transition flow Qt is based on the flow range the meter is designed for according to the main plate. It is:

● Higher values for Qmin and lower values for Qmax are admissible provided that Qmin 0.05 Qmax.

● Another meter factor is admissible if the frequency at the pulse output is selected <6 kHz for 1.2 Qmax.

DN950(38“)

G16000 1300 25000 288

G25000 1300 40000 180

G40000 800 1300 65000 111

DN 1000(40")

G16000 1300 25000 288

G25000 1300 40000 180

G40000 650 800 1300 65000 111

- for a flow range of 1:20 Qt=0.20 Qmax and

- for a flow range of 1:30 Qt=0.15 Qmax and

- for a flow range of 1:50 Qt=0.10 Qmax

WARNING: Explosion HazardDo not open the window cover unless the area is known to be non-hazardous.

Meter size


rate Qmax [m³/h]

Meter factor

[pulses/m³] 1:100 1:80 1:50 1:30 1:20


Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

7 . 2 Logbooks1 Classification of logbook entries

The entries are distinguished into three classes and identified by the initial character in the first line.

● "I"information

● "W"warning

● "E"error/ malfunction

2 Type of occurrence

● "+"point of time identifying the beginning of a status

● "-"point of time identifying the end of a status

7.2.1 Overview of event entries in meter logbooks

Message No. on LCD

Details Logbook LCD Text

Custody logbook [1]

3002NO DSP communication

1

E+System 0001NO DSP-Communic.

E-System 0001NO DSP-Communic.

3003 Measurement invalid 1

E+DSP 0001Reading invalid

E-DSP 0001Reading invalid

3004 Firmware CRC invalid 1

E+Firmware 0001CRC invalid

E-Firmware 0001CRC invalid

3005 Parameter CRC invalid 1

E+Parameter 0001CRC invalid

E-Parameter 0001CRC invalid

3006 Parameter out of range 1

E+Parameter 0001#XXXX range error

E-Parameter 0001#XXXX range error

3007Failure during storage of path compensation parameter

1

E+PathComp. 0001Storage error

E+PathComp. 0001Storage error

3008 Meter clock time invalid 1

E+System 0001ClockTime inval.

E-System 0001ClockTime inval.

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3009 Custody logbook [1] overflow 1

E+Logbook 1 0001Overflow

E-Logbook 1 0001Overflow

3011 CRC volume counter (a.c) invalid 1

E+Count.ac 0001CRC invalid

E-Count.ac 0001CRC invalid

3012 CRC volume counter (n.c) invalid 1

E+Count.sc 0001CRC invalid

E-Count.sc 0001CRC invalid

3013 Transit time mode activated 1

E+System 0001TransitTimeMode

E-System 0001TransitTimeMode

3014 No signature key 1

E+System 0001No signature key

E-System 0001No signature key

2001 Path failure 1

W+PathError 0001Path 1 2 3 4

W-PathError 0001All paths OK

2002No HART communication to temperature transmitter

1

W+HART T 0001No communication

W-HART T 0001No communication

2003No HART communication to pressure transmitter

1

W+HART P 0001No communication

W-HART P 0001No communication

2004Maximum pulse output frequency exceeded (6kHz)

1

W+PulseOut 00016000 Hz exceeded

W-PulseOut 00016000 Hz exceeded

2005 EVC parameter invalid 1

W+EVC 0001EVC para.invalid

W+EVC 0001EVC para.invalid

2006 EVC hardware error 1

W+EVC 0001EVC module error

W+EVC 0001EVC module error

1001 Flow meter power ON 1I Power ON 0001dd/mm/yy mm:ss

1002 Meter clock adjusted 1I Set Time 0001dd/mm/yy mm:ss

Message No. on LCD



Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

1003 Configuration Mode active 1

I+Meas.Mode 0001Configurat. ON 1

I-Meas.Mode 0001Measurement ON 1

1004 Firmware changed 1I Update FW 00013104 -> 3200

1007 Custody logbook [1] erased and initialized 1I Logbook 1 0001Reset and Init

1014 Overflow volume counter (a.c.) 1I Count.ac 0001Overflow

1015 Overflow volume counter (s.c.) 1I Count.sc 0001Overflow

1016 Error volume counter cleared 1I Reset E 000101/01/07 10:47

1017 All volume counters cleared 1I Reset V 000101/01/07 10:47

1027Initialization error Default parameter loaded

1

I+InitError 0001DefaultParaLoad

I-InitError 0001DefaultParaLoad

1029 Air test mode activated 1

I+Airtest 0001Active

I-Airtest 0001Not active

Warning logbook [2]

1008 Warning logbook [2] erased and initialized 2I Logbook 2 0001Reset and Init

1010 Warning logbook [2] overflow 2

I+Logbook 2 0001Overflow

I-Logbook 2 0001Overflow

1018 DataLog 1 cleared 2I DataLog 1 0001Reset



1021 DataLog 1 overflow 2

I+DataLog 1 0001Overflow

I-DataLog 1 0001Overflow




Message No. on LCD


Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e




1024 DatenLog 1 CRC error 2

I+DataLog 1 0001CRC invalid

I-DataLog 1 0001CRC invalid

1025 DatenLog 2 CRC error 2



1026 DataLog 3 CRC error 2



1028 Customer limit exceeded 2

I+Userlimit 0001Limit XXXXXXXXXX

I-Userlimit 0001Limits OK

Parameter logbook [3]

1005 Parameter changed 3I Parameter 0001Change Reg3001

1006 All parameters to default (Reset) 3I Parameter 0001Reset all

1009 Parameter logbook [3] erased and initialized 3I Logbook 3 0001Reset and Init

1011 Parameter logbook [3] overflow 3

I+Logbook 3 0001Overflow

I Logbook 3 0001Overflow

Message No. on LCD



Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

7 . 3 SPU terminal assignment

Connection in accordance with ATEX IIA

Figure 46 Terminal assignment in accordance with ATEX IIA

Connection in accordance with ATEX IIC

Figure 47 Terminal assignment in accordance with ATEX IIC

1(+)

2 (-)power supplyalimentation

U = 12..24V DCB

EEx e U =253Vm EEx ib [ia] IIAU = 22,1V U = 30VI = 155mA I = 100mAP = 857mW P = 750mWC = 4100nFLo = 7mH RL<250R

o io io io

U < 2V 2mA < I < 20mA

U = 30V I = 100mAP = 750mW

sat L

i ii

U < 2V 2mA < I < 20mA

U = 30V I = 100mAP = 750mW

sat L

i ii

U < 2V 2mA < I < 20mAU = 30V I = 100mAP = 750mW

sat Li ii

U=10V I=275mA P=1420mW Lo=1,5mHUo=5,88V Io=313mA Po=460mW Co=1000µF

i i i

U=10V I=275mA P=1420mW Lo=1,5mHUo=5,88V Io=313mA Po=460mW Co=1000µF

i i i

81

33

31

41

51

82

34

32

42

52

RS 485

RS 485

PROFIBUS PA

passive

passive

passive

NAMUR

NAMUR

NAMUR

active

passive

Uo=30V Io=100mA Pi=750mW

4 ...20 mAdigital out 0 (HF2)sortie digital 0f = 6 kHzmax

digital output 2sortie digital 2

digital out 1 (HF1)sortie digital 1fmax = 6 kHz

For further details see user manualand EC Typ-Examination Certificate

TÜV 01 ATEX 1766 X


HART/NAMUR

1(+)


U = 12..24V DCB

EEx e U =253Vm EEx ib [ia] IICU = 22,1V U = 30VI = 155mA I = 100mAP = 857mW P = 750mWC = 163nFLo = 1mH RL<250R

o io io io

U < 2V 2mA < I < 20mA

U = 30V I = 100mAP = 750mW

sat L

i ii

U < 2V 2mA < I < 20mA

U = 30V I = 100mAP = 750mW

sat L

i ii


sat Li ii

U =5,88V Io=313mA Po=460mW C =43µFU=10V I=275mA P=1420mW Lo=0,2mH

o oi i i

U =5,88V Io=313mA Po=460mW C =43µFU=10V I=275mA P=1420mW Lo=0,2mH

o oi i i

81

33

31

41

51

82

34

32

42

52

RS 485

RS 485

PROFIBUS PA

passive

passive

passive

NAMUR

NAMUR

NAMUR

active

passive






HART/NAMUR

For further details see user manualand EC Typ-Examination Certificate

TÜV 01 ATEX 1766 X

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Connection in accordance with ATEX /IECEx IIA

Figure 48 Terminal assignment in accordance with ATEX IIA

Connection in accordance with ATEX /IECEx IIC

Figure 49 Terminal assignment in accordance with ATEX IIC

For CSA SPU Assignment S. 127, »Control drawing 781.00.02 (page 4)« and following.

1(+)


U = 12..24V DCB

Ex e U =253V,m Ex ia IIAU = 22,1V U = 30VI = 87mA I = 100mAP = 481mW P = 750mWC = 2000nFLo = 7mH RL<250R

o io io io

U < 2V 2mA < I < 20mA

U = 30V I = 100mAP = 750mW

sat L

i ii

U < 2V 2mA < I < 20mA

U = 30V I = 100mAP = 750mW

sat L

i ii


sat Li ii

U=10V I=275mA P=1420mW Lo=1,5mHUo=5,88V Io=313mA Po=460mW Co=1000μF

i i i

U=10V I=275mA P=1420mW Lo=1,5mHUo=5,88V Io=313mA Po=460mW Co=1000μF

i i i

81

33

31

41

51

82

34

32

42

52

RS 485

RS 485

PROFIBUS PA

passive

passive

passive

NAMUR

NAMUR

NAMUR

active

passive





For further details see user manualand Certificate TÜV 01 ATEX 1766 X

resp. IECEx TUN 11.0001 X


HART/NAMUR

Note: Use this cover only for the associated enclosuremarked with Serial no.:

1(+)


U = 12..24V DCB

Ex e U =253V,m Ex ia IIC

Note: Use this cover only for the associated enclosuremarked with Serial no.:

U = 22,1V U = 30VI = 87mA I = 100mAP = 481mW P = 750mWC = 77nFLo = 1mH RL<200R

o io io io

U < 2V 2mA < I < 20mA

U = 30V I = 100mAP = 750mW

sat L

i ii

U < 2V 2mA < I < 20mA

U = 30V I = 100mAP = 750mW

sat L

i ii


sat Li ii

U =5,88V Io=313mA Po=460mW C =43μFU=10V I=275mA P=1420mW Lo=0,2mH

o oi i i

U =5,88V Io=313mA Po=460mW C =43μFU=10V I=275mA P=1420mW Lo=0,2mH

o oi i i

81

33

31

41

51

82

34

32

42

52

RS 485

RS 485

PROFIBUS PA

passive

passive

passive

NAMUR

NAMUR

NAMUR

active

passive






HART/NAMUR

For further details see user manualand Certificate TÜV 01 ATEX 1766 X

resp. IECEx TUN 11.0001 X


Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

7 . 4 Connection diagrams for operating the FLOWSIC600 in hazardous areas in accordance with North American Requirements (NEC, CEC)

Figure 50 Control drawing 781.00.02 (page 1)

12

34

ABCD

43

21

D C B A

US-

Tra

nsdu

cer

US-

Tra

nsdu

cer

31 32 33 34 51 52 41 42 81 82

GN

D

1 (+

)

2 (-

)

GN

D

Up

to 8

[Exi

a] T

erm

inal

sfo

r U

ltras

onic

Tra

nsdu

cers

man

ufac

ture

d by

SIC

K o

nly

with

the

follo

win

g E

ntity

Par

amet

ers

Cla

ss I,

Div

isio

n 1,

Gro

ups

B, C

and

D, T

emp.

Cod

e T4

, Cla

ss I,

Div

isio

n 2,

Gro

ups

A, B

, C a

nd D

, Tem

p. C

ode

T4C

lass

I, Z

one

1, G

roup

II B

+ H

ydro

gene

, Tem

p. C

ode

T4, C

lass

I, Z

one

2, G

roup

II C

, Tem

p. C

ode

T4

US-

Tra

nsdu

cer

US-

Tra

nsdu

cer

31 32 33 34 51 52 41 42 81 82

GN

D

1 (+

)

2 (-

)

GN

D

Up

to 8

[Exi

a] T

erm

inal

sfo

r U

ltras

onic

Tra

nsdu

cers

man

ufac

ture

d by

SIC

K o

nly

with

the

follo

win

g E

ntity

Par

amet

ers

Cla

ss I,

Zon

e 0,

Gro

up II

B +

Hyd

roge

ne,

Tem

p. C

ode

T4

Cla

ss I,

Zon

e 1,

Gro

up II

B +

Hyd

roge

ne, T

emp.

Cod

e T4

Div

isio

n 1

/ Zon

e 0

/ Zon

e 1

inst

alla

tion

1. M

axim

um n

on-h

azar

dous

are

a vo

ltage

not

to e

xeed

125

V

2. In

the

US

inst

all i

n ac

cord

ance

with

the

NE

C (

AN

SI/N

FP

A 7

0) a

nd

AN

SI/I

SA

RP

12.

6.)

3. In

Can

ada

inst

all i

n ac

cord

ance

with

the

CE

C p

art 1

4. [

Exi

a] is

def

ined

as

Ass

ocia

ted

Equ

ipm

ent

5. W

AR

NIN

G: S

ubst

itutio

n of

com

pone

nts

may

impa

ir In

trin

sic

Saf

ety.

6. F

or E

ntity

Inst

alla

tion,

use

CS

A c

ertif

ied

safe

ty b

arrie

rs o

r ot

her

C

SA

cer

tifie

d A

ssoc

iate

d E

quip

men

t tha

t sat

ifies

the

follo

win

g

con

dtio

ns:

V

oc <

= V

max

, Isc

<=

Imax

., C

a >=

Ci +

Cca

ble,

La

>= L

i + L

cabl

e.

See

dra

win

g no

. 781

.00.

02 p

age

4 fo

r E

ntity

par

amet

ers

Div

isio

n 2

/ Zon

e 2

inst

alla

tion

1. In

stal

l in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith th

e C

EC

or

NE

C.

2. W

AR

NIN

G: E

xplo

sion

Haz

rad

- D

o no

t dis

conn

ect e

quip

men

t unl

ess

pow

er

ha

s be

en s

witc

hed

off o

r th

e ar

ea is

kno

wn

to b

e no

n -

haza

rdou

s.

3. W

AR

NIN

G: E

xplo

sion

Haz

ard

- S

ubst

ition

may

impa

ir su

itabi

lity

for

Cla

ss 1

, Div

isio

n 2

Voc

=38.

9VIs

c=59

mA

Ca=

3.4n

FLa

=0.0

3mH

Voc

=38.

9VIs

c=59

mA

Ca=

3.4n

FLa

=0.0

3mH

Pow

er S

uppl

y: T

erm

inal

s 1(

+), 2

(-)

Vin

=12V

to 2

4VIin

= 60

mA

to 1

50m

A

Cur

rent

out

put 4

-20m

A: T

erm

inal

s 31

,32

Vin

=30V

Iin=1

00m

A

Bin

ary

outp

uts

1, 2

and

3P

ulse

out

put:

Ter

min

als

51, 5

2C

onfig

. out

put:

Ter

min

als

41, 4

2E

rror

out

put:

Ter

min

als

81, 8

2V

in=

30V

Iin=

100m

A

Dat

a-In

terf

ace

(RS

485)

: Ter

min

als

33, 3

4V

in=5

VIin

=174

mA

Div

sion

1 /

Zone

1 E

xplo

sion

Pro

of in

stal

latio

nC

onne

ctor

Con

nect

or

SP

U-L

INK

(Opt

ion

only

)V

oc=1

2.3V

Isc=

130m

AC

a=60

0nF

La=1

mH

Con

nect

or

Con

nect

or

SP

U-L

INK

(Opt

ion

only

)V

oc=1

2.3V

Isc=

130m

AC

a=60

0nF

La=1

mH

1

Sic

k E

ng

inee

rin

g G

mb

HB

erg

ener

Rin

g 2

701

458

Ott

end

orf

-Okr

illa

MK

O

6

2.0

18-J

ul-2

012

_

For

mat

:

Pag

evo

n

A4

FLO

WS

IC60

0-x-

x-B

-x-x

(Gas

gro

ups

B, C

, D)

Dra

win

g N

o.78

1.00

.02

Rev

.:

Con

trol

Dra

win

gis

sued

by

GE

RM

AN

Y

Fie

ld T

erm

inal

Inst

alla

tio

n:

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e


12

34

ABCD

43

21

D C B A

2

Sic

k E

ng

inee

rin

g G

mb

HB

erg

ener

Rin

g 2

701

458

Ott

end

orf

-Okr

illa

MK

O

6

2.0

18-J

ul-2

012

_

For

mat

:

Pag

evo

n

A4

FLO

WS

IC60

0-x-

x-C

-x-x

(G

as g

roup

s C

, D)

Dra

win

g N

o.78

1.00

.02

Rev

.:

Con

trol

Dra

win

gis

sued

by

US-

Tra

nsdu

cer

US-

Tra

nsdu

cer

GE

RM

AN

Y

31 32 33 34 51 52 41 42 81 82

GN

D

1 (+

)

2 (-

)

GN

D

Up

to 8

[Exi

a] T

erm

inal

sfo

r U

ltras

onic

Tra

nsdu

cers

man

ufac

ture

d by

SIC

K o

nly

with

the

follo

win

g E

ntity

Par

amet

ers

Cla

ss I,

Div

isio

n 1,

Gro

ups

C a

nd D

, Tem

p. C

ode

T4, C

lass

I, D

ivis

ion

2, G

roup

s C

and

D, T

emp.

Cod

e T4

Cla

ss I,

Zon

e 1,

Gro

up II

B, T

emp.

Cod

e T4

, Cla

ss I,

Zon

e 2,

Gro

up II

B, T

emp.

Cod

e T4

US-

Tra

nsdu

cer

US-

Tra

nsdu

cer

31 32 33 34 51 52 41 42 81 82

GN

D

1 (+

)

2 (-

)

GN

D

Up

to 8

[Exi

a] T

erm

inal

sfo

r U

ltras

onic

Tra

nsdu

cers

man

ufac

ture

d by

SIC

K o

nly

with

the

follo

win

g E

ntity

Par

amet

ers

Cla

ss I,

Zon

e 0,

Gro

up II

B,

Tem

p. C

ode

T4

Cla

ss I,

Zon

e 1,

Gro

up II

B, T

emp.

Cod

e T4

Div

isio

n 1

/ Zon

e 0

/ Zon

e 1

inst

alla

tion

1. M

axim

um n

on-h

azar

dous

are

a vo

ltage

not

to e

xeed

125

V

2. In

the

US

inst

all i

n ac

cord

ance

with

the

NE

C (

AN

SI/N

FP

A 7

0) a

nd

AN

SI/I

SA

RP

12.

6.)

3. In

Can

ada

inst

all i

n ac

cord

ance

with

the

CE

C p

art 1

4. [

Exi

a] is

def

ined

as

Ass

ocia

ted

Equ

ipm

ent

5. W

AR

NIN

G: S

ubst

itutio

n of

com

pone

nts

may

impa

ir In

trin

sic

Saf

ety.

6. F

or E

ntity

Inst

alla

tion,

use

CS

A c

ertif

ied

safe

ty b

arrie

rs o

r ot

her

C

SA

cer

tifie

d A

ssoc

iate

d E

quip

men

t tha

t sat

ifies

the

follo

win

g

con

dtio

ns:

V

oc <

= V

max

, Isc

<=

Imax

., C

a >=

Ci +

Cca

ble,

La

>= L

i + L

cabl

e.

See

dra

win

g no

. 781

.00.

02 p

age

5 fo

r E

ntity

par

amet

ers

Div

isio

n 2

/ Zon

e 2

inst

alla

tion

1. In

stal

l in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith th

e C

EC

or

NE

C.

2. W

AR

NIN

G: E

xplo

sion

Haz

rad

- D

o no

t dis

conn

ect e

quip

men

t unl

ess

pow

er

ha

s be

en s

witc

hed

off o

r th

e ar

ea is

kno

wn

to b

e no

n -

haza

rdou

s.

3. W

AR

NIN

G: E

xplo

sion

Haz

ard

- S

ubst

ition

may

impa

ir su

itabi

lity

for

Cla

ss 1

, Div

isio

n 2

Voc

=51.

2VIs

c=77

mA

Ca=

18nF

La=0

.03m

H

Voc

=51.

2VIs

c=77

mA

Ca=

18nF

La=0

.03m

H

Pow

er S

uppl

y: T

erm

inal

s 1(

+), 2

(-)

Vin

=12V

to 2

4VIin

= 60

mA

to 1

50m

A

Cur

rent

out

put 4

-20m

A: T

erm

inal

s 31

,32

Vin

=30V

Iin=1

00m

A

Bin

ary

outp

uts

1, 2

and

3P

ulse

out

put:

Ter

min

als

51, 5

2C

onfig

. out

put:

Ter

min

als

41, 4

2E

rror

out

put:

Ter

min

als

81, 8

2V

in=

30V

Iin=

100m

A

Dat

a-In

terf

ace

(RS

485)

: Ter

min

als

33, 3

4V

in=5

VIin

=174

mA

Div

sion

1 /

Zone

1 E

xplo

sion

Pro

of in

stal

latio

nC

onne

ctor

Con

nect

or

SP

U-L

INK

(Opt

ion

only

)V

oc=1

2.3V

Isc=

130m

AC

a=4μ

FLa

=4m

H

Con

nect

or

Con

nect

or

SP

U-L

INK

(Opt

ion

only

)V

oc=1

2.3V

Isc=

130m

AC

a=4μ

FLa

=4m

H

Fie

ld T

erm

inal

Inst

alla

tio

n:


Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e


12

34

ABCD

43

21

D C B A

3

Sic

k E

ng

inee

rin

g G

mb

HB

erg

ener

Rin

g 2

701

458

Ott

end

orf

-Okr

illa

MK

O

6

2.0

18-J

ul-2

012

_

For

mat

:

Pag

evo

n

A4

FLO

WS

IC60

0-x-

x-D

-x-x

(G

as g

roup

D)

Dra

win

g N

o.78

1.00

.02

Rev

.:

Con

trol

Dra

win

gcr

eate

d by

US-

Tra

nsdu

cer

US-

Tra

nsdu

cer

GE

RM

AN

Y

31 32 33 34 51 52 41 42 81 82

GN

D

1 (+

)

2 (-

)

GN

D

Up

to 8

[Exi

a] T

erm

inal

sfo

r U

ltras

onic

Tra

nsdu

cers

man

ufac

ture

d by

SIC

K o

nly

with

the

follo

win

g E

ntity

Par

amet

ers

Cla

ss I,

Div

isio

n 1,

Gro

ups

D, T

emp.

Cod

e T4

, Cla

ss I,

Div

isio

n 2,

Gro

ups

D, T

emp.

Cod

e T4

Cla

ss I,

Zon

e 1,

Gro

up II

A, T

emp.

Cod

e T4

, Cla

ss I,

Zon

e 2,

Gro

up II

A, T

emp.

Cod

e T4

US-

Tra

nsdu

cer

US-

Tra

nsdu

cer

31 32 33 34 51 52 41 42 81 82

GN

D

1 (+

)

2 (-

)

GN

D

Up

to 8

[Exi

a] T

erm

inal

sfo

r U

ltras

onic

Tra

nsdu

cers

man

ufac

ture

d by

SIC

K o

nly

with

the

follo

win

g E

ntity

Par

amet

ers

Cla

ss I,

Zon

e 0,

Gro

up II

A,

Tem

p. C

ode

T4

Cla

ss I,

Zon

e 1,

Gro

up II

A, T

emp.

Cod

e T4

Voc

=60,

8 V

Isc=

92m

AC

a=30

nFLa

=0,0

3mH

Voc

=60.

8VIs

c=92

mA

Ca=

30nF

La=0

.03m

H

Div

isio

n 1

/ Zon

e 0

/ Zon

e 1

inst

alla

tion

1. M

axim

um n

on-h

azar

dous

are

a vo

ltage

not

to e

xeed

125

V

2. In

the

US

inst

all i

n ac

cord

ance

with

the

NE

C (

AN

SI/N

FP

A 7

0) a

nd

AN

SI/I

SA

RP

12.

6.)

3. In

Can

ada

inst

all i

n ac

cord

ance

with

the

CE

C p

art 1

4. [

Exi

a] is

def

ined

as

Ass

ocia

ted

Equ

ipm

ent

5. W

AR

NIN

G: S

ubst

itutio

n of

com

pone

nts

may

impa

ir In

trin

sic

Saf

ety.

6. F

or E

ntity

Inst

alla

tion,

use

CS

A c

ertif

ied

safe

ty b

arrie

rs o

r ot

her

C

SA

cer

tifie

d A

ssoc

iate

d E

quip

men

t tha

t sat

ifies

the

follo

win

g

con

dtio

ns:

V

oc <

= V

max

, Isc

<=

Imax

., C

a >=

Ci +

Cca

ble,

La

>= L

i + L

cabl

e.

See

dra

win

g no

. 781

.00.

02 p

age

6 fo

r E

ntity

par

amet

ers

Div

isio

n 2

/ Zon

e 2

inst

alla

tion

1. In

stal

l in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith th

e C

EC

or

NE

C.

2. W

AR

NIN

G: E

xplo

sion

Haz

rad

- D

o no

t dis

conn

ect e

quip

men

t unl

ess

pow

er

ha

s be

en s

witc

hed

off o

r th

e ar

ea is

kno

wn

to b

e no

n -

haza

rdou

s.

3. W

AR

NIN

G: E

xplo

sion

Haz

ard

- S

ubst

ition

may

impa

ir su

itabi

lity

for

Cla

ss 1

, Div

isio

n 2

Pow

er S

uppl

y: T

erm

inal

s 1(

+), 2

(-)

Vin

=12V

to 2

4VIin

= 60

mA

to 1

50m

A

Cur

rent

out

put 4

-20m

A: T

erm

inal

s 31

,32

Vin

=30V

Iin=1

00m

A

Bin

ary

outp

uts

1, 2

and

3P

ulse

out

put:

Ter

min

als

51, 5

2C

onfig

. out

put:

Ter

min

als

41, 4

2E

rror

out

put:

Ter

min

als

81, 8

2V

in=

30V

Iin=

100m

A

Dat

a-In

terf

ace

(RS

485)

: Ter

min

als

33, 3

4V

in=5

VIin

=174

mA

Div

sion

1 /

Zone

1 E

xplo

sion

Pro

of in

stal

latio

n

Fie

ld T

erm

inal

Inst

alla

tio

n:

Con

nect

or

Con

nect

or

SP

U-L

INK

(Opt

ion

only

)V

oc=1

2.3V

Isc=

130m

AC

a=15

μFLa

=7m

H

Con

nect

or

Con

nect

or

SP

U-L

INK

(Opt

ion

only

)V

oc=1

2.3V

Isc=

130m

AC

a=15

μFLa

=7m

H

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Figure 53 Control drawing 781.00.02 (page 4)Ve

rvie

lfae

ltig

ung

die

serU

nte

rlag

eso

wie

Ve

rwe

rtung

und

Mitt

eilu

ng

ihre

sIn

ha

ltes

unzu

lae

ssig

,so

we

itnic

hta

usd

rue

ckl

ich

zug

est

and

en.

Zuw

ide

rha

nd

-lu

ng

en

sind

stra

fba

rund

verp

flic

hte

nzu

Scha

de

ne

rsa

tz(L

itUrh

G,

UW

G,

BG

B).

Alle

Re

chte

fue

rd

en

Fall

de

rPa

tente

rte

ilung

od

erG

M-E

intra

gung

vorb

eha

lten.

A4

_Fo

rmb

latt_M

E1

0.C

DR

SIC

KE

ng

ine

erin

gG

mb

HB

erg

ener

Rin

g27

01458

Ottendorf

-Okr

illa

Ve

rte

ilda

tum

:

Pa

ge

No

rm-T

yp/D

IN

Ers

atz

für:

Änderu

ng

ge

pr.

ge

z.

Tag

Na

me

Ind.

Tag

Na

me

Ma

ßst

ab

:

We

rkst

off

Ers

etz

td

urc

h:

Ge

pr.

Urs

pru

ng

:

20

10

-09

-28

MK

O

4o

f6

78

1.0

0.0

2R

ev.

2.0

Ko

cha

n

FL

OW

SIC

60

0-x

-x-B

-0-x

FL

OW

SIC

60

0-x

-x-B

-1-x

20

09

-09

-28

81

33

31

41

51

1(+

)

2(-

)

82

34

32

42

52

RS

485

RS

485

PR

OF

IBU

SP

A

pa

ssiv

e

pa

ssiv

e

pa

ssiv

e

Cla

ssI,

Div

isio

n1,

Gro

ups

B,C

and

DC

lass

I,D

ivis

ion

2,G

roup

sA

,B,C

and

DC

lass

I,Z

one

1G

roup

IIB+

Hyd

roge

neC

lass

I,Z

one

2,G

roup

IIC

Maxi

mum

non-h

aza

rdous

are

avo

ltage

notto

exe

ed

125V

NA

MU

R

NA

MU

R

NA

MU

R

act

ive

Voc

=22,

1VV

max

=30V

Voc

=5.8

8VV

max

=10V

Isc=

155m

AIm

ax=1

00m

A

Ca=

430n

FC

i=4n

F

pa

ssiv

e

Isc=

313m

AIm

ax=2

75m

ALa

=0.2

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Ca=

77nF

Ci=

4nF

La=1

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Ent

ityP

aram

eter

sV

max

=20V

,Im

ax=2

00m

AC

i=

4nF,

Li=

0.07

5mH

Vm

ax=3

0V

Vm

ax=3

0V

Imax

=100

mA

Li=0

.075

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Vm

ax=3

0V

Vm

ax=3

0V

Imax

=100

mA

Imax

=100

mA

Imax

=100

mA

Ci=

4nF

Ci=

4nF

Ci=

4nF

Ci=

4nF

4..

.20

mA

digi

talo

ut0

(HF

2)so

rtie

digi

tal0

f=

6kH

zm

ax dig

italo

utp

ut

2so

rtie

dig

ital2

digi

talo

ut1

(HF

1)so

rtie

digi

tal1

fmax

=6

kHz

dig

italo

utp

ut3

sort

ied

igita

l3

HA

RT/

NA

MU

R

po

we

rsu

pp

lya

lime

nta

tio

n

V=

12..24V

DC

B

Voc

=5.8

8VV

max

=10V

Ca=

430n

FC

i=4n

FIs

c=31

3mA

Imax

=275

mA

La=0

.2m

HLi

=0.0

75m

H

81

33

31

41

51

1(+

)

2(-

)

82

34

32

42

52

RS

485

RS

485

PR

OF

IBU

SP

A

pa

ssiv

e

pa

ssiv

e

pa

ssiv

e

Cla

ssI,

Div

isio

n1,

Gro

ups

B,C

and

DC

lass

I,D

ivis

ion

2,G

roup

sA

,B,C

and

DC

lass

I,Z

one

1G

roup

IIB+

Hyd

roge

neC

lass

I,Z

one

2,G

roup

IIC

Maxi

mum

non-h

aza

rdous

are

avo

ltage

notto

exe

ed

125V

NA

MU

R

NA

MU

R

NA

MU

R

act

ive

Voc

=22,

1VV

max

=30V

Voc

=5.8

8VV

max

=10V

Isc=

87m

AIm

ax=1

00m

A

Ca=

430n

FC

i=4n

F

pa

ssiv

e

Isc=

313m

AIm

ax=2

75m

ALa

=0.2

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Ca=

77nF

Ci=

4nF

La=1

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Ent

ityP

aram

eter

sV

max

=20V

,Im

ax=2

00m

AC

i=

4nF,

Li=

0.07

5mH

Vm

ax=3

0V

Vm

ax=3

0V

Imax

=100

mA

Li=0

.075

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Vm

ax=3

0V

Vm

ax=3

0V

Imax

=100

mA

Imax

=100

mA

Imax

=100

mA

Ci=

4nF

Ci=

4nF

Ci=

4nF

Ci=

4nF

4..

.20

mA

digi

talo

ut0

(HF

2)so

rtie

digi

tal0

f=

6kH

zm

ax dig

italo

utp

ut2

sort

ied

igita

l2

digi

talo

ut1

(HF

1)so

rtie

digi

tal1

fmax

=6

kHz

dig

italo

utp

ut3

sort

ied

igita

l3

HA

RT/

NA

MU

R

po

we

rsu

pp

lya

lime

nta

tio

n

V=

12..24V

DC

B

Voc

=5.8

8VV

max

=10V

Ca=

430n

FC

i=4n

FIs

c=31

3mA

Imax

=275

mA

La=0

.2m

HLi

=0.0

75m

H

Contr

old

raw

ing

FLO

WS

IC600

-x-x

-B-x

-x(G

as

gro

ups

B,

Ca

nd

D)

NOTE:UsethiscoveronlyformodelversionsFLOWSIC600-x-x-B-1-x

WARNING:EXPLOSIONHAZARDDo`ntusethiscoverformodelversions

FLOWSIC600-x-x-x-1-x


Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e


Ve

rvie

lfae

ltig

ung

die

serU

nte

rlag

eso

wie

Ve

rwe

rtung

und

Mitt

eilu

ng

ihre

sIn

ha

ltes

unzu

lae

ssig

,so

we

itnic

hta

usd

rue

ckl

ich

zug

est

and

en.

Zuw

ide

rha

nd

-lu

ng

en

sind

stra

fba

rund

verp

flic

hte

nzu

Scha

de

ne

rsa

tz(L

itUrh

G,

UW

G,

BG

B).

Alle

Re

chte

fue

rd

en

Fall

de

rPa

tente

rte

ilung

od

erG

M-E

intra

gung

vorb

eha

lten.

A4

_Fo

rmb

latt_M

E1

0.C

DR

SIC

KE

ng

ine

erin

gG

mb

HB

erg

ener

Rin

g27

01458

Ottendorf

-Okr

illa

Ve

rte

ilda

tum

:

Pa

ge

No

rm-T

yp/D

IN

Ers

atz

für:

Änderu

ng

ge

pr.

ge

z.

Tag

Na

me

Ind.

Tag

Na

me

Ma

ßst

ab

:

We

rkst

off

Ers

etz

td

urc

h:

Ge

pr.

Urs

pru

ng

:

MK

O

5o

f6

Ko

cha

nC

ontr

old

raw

ing

FLO

WS

IC600

-x-x

-C-x

-x(G

as

gro

ups

Ca

nd

D)

FL

OW

SIC

60

0-x

-x-C

-0-x

FL

OW

SIC

60

0-x

-x-C

-1-x

81

33

31

41

51

1(+

)

2(-

)

82

34

32

42

52

RS

485

RS

485

PR

OF

IBU

SP

A

pa

ssiv

e

pa

ssiv

e

pa

ssiv

e

Cla

ssI,

Div

isio

n1,

Gro

ups

Can

dD

Cla

ssI,

Div

isio

n2,

Gro

ups

Can

dD

Cla

ssI,

Zon

e1

Gro

upIIB

Cla

ssI,

Zon

e2,

Gro

upIIB

Maxi

mum

non-h

aza

rdous

are

avo

ltage

notto

exe

ed

125V

NA

MU

R

NA

MU

R

NA

MU

R

act

ive

Voc

=22,

1VV

max

=30V

Voc

=5.8

8VV

max

=10V

Isc=

155m

AIm

ax=1

00m

A

Ca=

1μF

Ci=

4nF

pa

ssiv

e

Isc=

313m

AIm

ax=2

75m

ALa

=1m

HLi

=0.0

75m

H

Ca=

500n

FC

i=4n

FLa

=4m

HLi

=0.0

75m

H

Ent

ityP

aram

eter

sV

max

=20V

,Im

ax=2

00m

AC

i=

4nF,

Li=

0.07

5mH

Vm

ax=3

0V

Vm

ax=3

0V

Imax

=100

mA

Li=0

.075

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Vm

ax=3

0V

Vm

ax=3

0V

Imax

=100

mA

Imax

=100

mA

Imax

=100

mA

Ci=

4nF

Ci=

4nF

Ci=

4nF

Ci=

4nF

4..

.20

mA

digi

talo

ut0

(HF

2)so

rtie

digi

tal0

f=

6kH

zm

ax dig

italo

utp

ut

2so

rtie

dig

ital2

digi

talo

ut1

(HF

1)so

rtie

digi

tal1

fmax

=6

kHz

dig

italo

utp

ut

3so

rtie

dig

ital3

HA

RT/

NA

MU

R

po

we

rsu

pp

lya

lime

nta

tio

n

V=

12..24V

DC

B

Voc

=5.8

8VV

max

=10V

Ca=

1μF

Ci=

4nF

Isc=

313m

AIm

ax=2

75m

ALa

=1m

HLi

=0.0

75m

H

81

33

31

41

51

1(+

)

2(-

)

82

34

32

42

52

RS

485

RS

485

PR

OF

IBU

SP

A

pa

ssiv

e

pa

ssiv

e

pa

ssiv

e

Cla

ssI,

Div

isio

n1,

Gro

ups

Can

dD

Cla

ssI,

Div

isio

n2,

Gro

ups

Can

dD

Cla

ssI,

Zon

e1

Gro

upIIB

Cla

ssI,

Zon

e2,

Gro

upIIB

Maxi

mum

non-h

aza

rdous

are

avo

ltage

notto

exe

ed

125V

NA

MU

R

NA

MU

R

NA

MU

R

act

ive

Voc

=22,

1VV

max

=30V

Voc

=5.8

8VV

max

=10V

Isc=

87m

AIm

ax=1

00m

A

Ca=

1μF

Ci=

4nF

pa

ssiv

e

Isc=

313m

AIm

ax=2

75m

ALa

=1m

HLi

=0.0

75m

H

Ca=

500n

FC

i=4n

FLa

=4m

HLi

=0.0

75m

H

Ent

ityP

aram

eter

sV

max

=20V

,Im

ax=2

00m

AC

i=

4nF,

Li=

0.07

5mH

Vm

ax=3

0V

Vm

ax=3

0V

Imax

=100

mA

Li=0

.075

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Vm

ax=3

0V

Vm

ax=3

0V

Imax

=100

mA

Imax

=100

mA

Imax

=100

mA

Ci=

4nF

Ci=

4nF

Ci=

4nF

Ci=

4nF

4..

.20

mA

digi

talo

ut0

(HF

2)so

rtie

digi

tal0

f=

6kH

zm

ax dig

italo

utp

ut2

sort

iedig

ital2

digi

talo

ut1

(HF

1)so

rtie

digi

tal1

fmax

=6

kHz

dig

italo

utp

ut3

sort

ied

igita

l3

HA

RT/

NA

MU

R

po

we

rsu

pp

lya

lime

nta

tio

n

V=

12..24V

DC

B

Voc

=5.8

8VV

max

=10V

Ca=

1μF

Ci=

4nF

Isc=

313m

AIm

ax=2

75m

ALa

=1m

HLi

=0.0

75m

H

NOTE:UsethiscoveronlyformodelversionsFLOWSIC600-x-x-C-1-x

78

1.0

0.0

2R

ev.

2.0

20

09

-09

-28

20

10

-09

-28



Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Figure 55 Control drawing 781.00.02 (page 6)Ve

rvie

lfae

ltig

ung

die

serU

nte

rlag

eso

wie

Ve

rwe

rtung

und

Mitt

eilu

ng

ihre

sIn

ha

ltes

unzu

lae

ssig

,so

we

itnic

hta

usd

rue

ckl

ich

zug

est

and

en.

Zuw

ide

rha

nd

-lu

ng

en

sind

stra

fba

rund

verp

flic

hte

nzu

Scha

de

ne

rsa

tz(L

itUrh

G,

UW

G,

BG

B).

Alle

Re

chte

fue

rd

en

Fall

de

rPa

tente

rte

ilung

od

erG

M-E

intra

gung

vorb

eha

lten.

A4

_Fo

rmb

latt_M

E1

0.C

DR

SIC

KE

ng

ine

erin

gG

mb

HB

erg

ener

Rin

g27

01458

Ottendorf

-Okr

illa

Ve

rte

ilda

tum

:

Pa

ge

No

rm-T

yp/D

IN

Ers

atz

für:

Änderu

ng

ge

pr.

ge

z.

Tag

Na

me

Ind.

Tag

Na

me

Ma

ßst

ab

:

We

rkst

off

Ers

etz

td

urc

h:

Ge

pr.

Urs

pru

ng

:

MK

O

6o

f6

Ko

cha

n

FL

OW

SIC

60

0-x

-x-D

-0-x

FL

OW

SIC

60

0-x

-x-D

-1-x

81

33

31

41

51

1(+

)

2(-

)

82

34

32

42

52

RS

485

RS

485

PR

OF

IBU

SP

A

pa

ssiv

e

pa

ssiv

e

pa

ssiv

e

Cla

ssI,

Div

isio

n1,

Gro

upD

Cla

ssI,

Div

isio

n2,

Gro

upD

Cla

ssI,

Zon

e1

Gro

upIIA

Cla

ssI,

Zon

e2,

Gro

upIIA

Maxi

mum

non-h

aza

rdous

are

avo

ltage

notto

exe

ed

125V

NA

MU

R

NA

MU

R

NA

MU

R

act

ive

Voc

=22,

1VV

max

=30V

Voc

=5.8

8VV

max

=10V

Isc=

155m

AIm

ax=1

00m

A

Ca=

1μF

Ci=

4nF

pa

ssiv

e

Isc=

313m

AIm

ax=2

75m

ALa

=2m

HLi

=0.0

75m

H

Ca=

2μF

Ci=

4nF

La=7

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Ent

ityP

aram

eter

sV

max

=20V

,Im

ax=2

00m

AC

i=

4nF,

Li=

0.07

5mH

Vm

ax=3

0V

Vm

ax=3

0V

Imax

=100

mA

Li=0

.075

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Vm

ax=3

0V

Vm

ax=3

0V

Imax

=100

mA

Imax

=100

mA

Imax

=100

mA

Ci=

4nF

Ci=

4nF

Ci=

4nF

Ci=

4nF

4..

.20

mA

digi

talo

ut0

(HF

2)so

rtie

digi

tal0

f=

6kH

zm

ax dig

italo

utp

ut

2so

rtie

dig

ital2

digi

talo

ut1

(HF

1)so

rtie

digi

tal1

fmax

=6

kHz

dig

italo

utp

ut

3so

rtie

dig

ital3

HA

RT/

NA

MU

R

po

we

rsu

pp

lya

lime

nta

tio

n

V=

12..24V

DC

B

Voc

=5.8

8VV

max

=10V

Ca=

1μF

Ci=

4nF

Isc=

313m

AIm

ax=2

75m

ALa

=2m

HLi

=0.0

75m

H

81

33

31

41

51

1(+

)

2(-

)

82

34

32

42

52

RS

485

RS

485

PR

OF

IBU

SP

A

pa

ssiv

e

pa

ssiv

e

pa

ssiv

e

Cla

ssI,

Div

isio

n1,G

roup

DC

lass

I,D

ivis

ion

2,G

roup

DC

lass

I,Z

one

1G

roup

IIAC

lass

I,Z

one

2,G

roup

IIA

Maxi

mum

non-h

aza

rdous

are

avo

ltage

notto

exe

ed

125V

NA

MU

R

NA

MU

R

NA

MU

R

act

ive

Voc

=22,

1VV

max

=30V

Voc

=5.8

8VV

max

=10V

Isc=

87m

AIm

ax=1

00m

A

Ca=

1μF

Ci=

4nF

pa

ssiv

e

Isc=

313m

AIm

ax=2

75m

ALa

=2m

HLi

=0.0

75m

H

Ca=

2μF

Ci=

4nF

La=7

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Ent

ityP

aram

eter

sV

max

=20V

,Im

ax=2

00m

AC

i=

4nF,

Li=

0.07

5mH

Vm

ax=3

0V

Vm

ax=3

0V

Imax

=100

mA

Li=0

.075

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Li=0

.075

mH

Vm

ax=3

0V

Vm

ax=3

0V

Imax

=100

mA

Imax

=100

mA

Imax

=100

mA

Ci=

4nF

Ci=

4nF

Ci=

4nF

Ci=

4nF

4..

.20

mA

digi

talo

ut0

(HF

2)so

rtie

digi

tal0

f=

6kH

zm

ax dig

italo

utp

ut2

sort

iedig

ital2

digi

talo

ut1

(HF

1)so

rtie

digi

tal1

fmax

=6

kHz

dig

italo

utp

ut3

sort

ied

igita

l3

HA

RT/

NA

MU

R

po

we

rsu

pp

lya

lime

nta

tio

n

V=

12..24V

DC

B

Voc

=5.8

8VV

max

=10V

Ca=

1μF

Ci=

4nF

Isc=

313m

AIm

ax=2

75m

ALa

=2m

HLi

=0.0

75m

H

Contr

old

raw

ing

FLO

WS

IC600

-x-x

-D-x

-x(G

as

gro

up

D)

NOTE:UsethiscoveronlyformodelversionsFLOWSIC600-x-x-D-1-x

78

1.0

0.0

2R

ev.

2.0

20

09

-09

-28

20

10

-09

-28




Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

7 . 5 Wiring examples

7.5.1 Intrinsically safe installation

Figure 56 FLOWSIC600 intrinsically safe installation

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

� �

��

��

��

!

"�#

��

��

$��

%��

��&�'��(��

��

��

��

�

)��*��+

)��*��+ , -, -

)��*��+

)��*��+ , -, -

��*��+��

��*��

�� $ ��

#��

!�.��/�.0�$��

1��

2��3�"4��#��#

5��

*��

6��

78��$�&�'��-�9��$�

-$�:+:%31;4

�8�8#<��=

69��

31;4�>�1?$��$�

�::>.

��8��<��=

,6�!��5��>��

��

8��$

��

�9�

��#

�.@�

�A�B��;1�3

��

@�(�

��$9

�4

(��

�$�

2

�CD(

,�E�

�CE

9��

�9��

9��

$ �

9��

9��

��

F��

/��

@��

��

$��

��

��

��$�

��

��

�

5�#�8��<

��37

G4��

�

,��

�02

6E+H��9��

��

�9�

�9�

��

��$

��

@�'��

��

��

F��?

9��

��

6��%

$9�

E��/

�9�

+��$�9�

�+6(

��"

!"#�

7+>1I�>78��$

��$

��+

��$

/$9�

��1J*�#��(17K��

��K�

��

��+�

��$/

$9��

��/

6��%

$9�

E��/

�9� �$

��

@�(�

��$9

�$��99��

�9

��?$

�@�

�7+��

+7+<

��

�+��

�?$

� !

��##

�#�

$�7G�$��99��

�9

��?$

�@�7

��#

# ">

��$��

��$�

��

��

��

��%

��

5��

69��

-$�:+:%31;4

�8�8#<��=

+��$/$9��

��/

�+�

/��

$�I

E7+78�1G

��

�###

�K

��8$��

�@

2��#

#��

E��$�$9��I>

��/�

�$�

��

��$�

�A�

78�$

E��$�$9��

/��I

�$�

��

��$�

2

E��

$�$

9��

/��I

�9$�

9�$�

�F��6�/��IA7�

$�I�

>�;�

��

��

��

��

E��

$�$

9��

/��I

�9$�

9�$�

�

#��#��#��

*��#��( ��

�?$ 2��7L ##�

61(&-

-� 78

"��

M78�$�N

�#

��78

��*�+

M78�$�N�EE+

��

�>

��

�>

!�

">

��

�#>

�

E��

��$ ��?$�9@$ ��$/$��78

78��

*�+

M78�$�N�EE+

��

�>

��

�>

!�

">

��

�#>

�

E��

��$ ��?$�9@$ ��$/$��78

��78

��

��*�+

61(&-"

�!�

��

�

K�

M78�$�N�EE+

�#

"

��78

��

��*�+

61(&-"

�!�

��

�

K�

M78�$�N�EE+

�#

"

6E+H

+��

��

$��

F-.D

6E+�

##

(.�#�.�#

,6��!�

�.��

�.��

,6��!�EE

��A��78��$��M$�N�EE+�1��

EE��

A��78��$��M$�N�EE(�1��

+��

��E<��$%$�$��<��<�+��

+��

��E<��EE��&I��

+��

��E<��$%$�$��<��(<��<�+��

+��

��E<��<��EE+

E7+7

8�78��$��M$�N�EE+�1��

E7+7

8�78��$��M$�N�EE(�1�

��

��>

��

��>

��

��>

��

��>

!��

!�>

��3�4

��3>4

F-�##��K,6�!�

�@��

F-.D

6E+�

##��

��/�

$�C

�/�F-.D6E+�##�

?$�@

�9��

��

��

@��

�

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

7.5.2 Non-intrinsically safe installation

Figure 57 FLOWSIC600 non-intrinsically safe installation

��

��

��

��

��

��

��

� �

��

��

��

!

"�#

��

��

�>K

��

�

-,

E��8��##��(

��/��

�##��(�

/��

��(�

$��

%��

F��

F��

��*

��+

��&�'��(�� &�'��-�9��$� 78��$�

��F��E��8��##��(

, -

��F��E��8��##��(

, -

��

F��E��8��##��(

, -

)��*��+

)��*��+

)��*��+

)��*��+

��/��

�##��(�

��/��

�##��(�

��

��

��

-�

��*

�+

�

�� $ ��

#��

!�.��/�.0�$��

1��

2��3�"4��#��#

�::>.

��8��<��=

��

�##��(�

��/��

-$�:+:%31;4

�8#<��=

-$�:+:%31;4

�8�8#<��=

31;4�>�1?$��$�

F��

69��

(��

�$�

2

�A�B��;1�3

��

@�(�

��$9

�4

,6�!��5��>��

��

8��$

��

�9�

��#

�.@�

��

��$�

��

��

�F�

��/�

��@�

��

��$�

��

��

E9�

��9

��9�

��$

�9�

�9�

��

D(,�

E��C

�C$

�7G�

$��

99��

�9

��?$

�@�7

��#

# ">

��

�$�

��

� ��

��$�

��

��

��

��%

��

�$�

��

@�(�

��$9

��

�$

��$

�$9�

$��

��

�$�

2

��

9��

��

��?

$ �

� !�

�##�

#�$

��99

��

9��

?$�@

��7+

��

�+7+

<

5�#�8��<

��37

G4��

�

F��?

9��

��

A6I�

��9

��

��

�

F��/��

/$��

��

��$

��2

*��I�/��9

�$

��I�

��3F

F>1I

��4

E�9��/��

?��

��

90�/

��

��

��/��9

@�

��($�$��

��

��

��9�

$��

$��9��$

�9��

��/

��?

��/�

��

��9��

��0�

��/

��$

@�$

�

,��

�02

6E+H��9��

��

�9�

�9�

��

��$

��

�/�F-.D6E+��##

�?$�

@�9�

��

��

�@��

�

@�'��

��

��

5��

*��

6��

6��

��8$��

�@

2��#

#��

��>$��$�$9��

I��

/��$

��

��

$��

A�78

��

*��#��(

��

��2

�� ?$ 2��7L �""!

#��#��#��

6E+H

F-.D6E

+�##

+��

��

$��

��@�

�F-.

D6E+

�##�

��/

�$�C

(.�#�.�#

,6��!�

�.��

�.��

,6��!�EE

��A��78��$��M$�N�EE+�1��

EE��

A��78��$��M$�N�EE(�1��

+��

��E<��$%$�$��<��<�+��

+��

��E<��EE��&I��

+��

��E<��$%$�$��<��(<��<�+��

+��

��E<��<��EE+

E7+7

8�78��$��M$�N�EE+�1��

E7+7

8�78��$��M$�N�EE(�1�

��

��>

��

��>

��

��>

��

��>

!��

!�>

��3�4

��3>4

F-�##��K,6�!�


Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

7 . 6 Sealing plan

Figure 58 Sealing plan, part 1 (cast version)

11

22

1

2*

Side

vie

w, re

arSi

de v

iew,

fron

t

Fron

t vie

w

2

1

22

2

* m

inim

um o

f tw

o se

als

per

capp

ing

1P

lace

men

t of s

eals

, SP

U c

over

- f

ront

and

rea

r

2P

lace

men

t of s

eals

, cap

ping

- fr

ont a

nd r

ear

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Figure 59 Sealing plan, part 2 (cast version)Si

de v

iew

, rea

rFr

ont v

iew

Side

vie

w, f

ront

Side

vie

w, r

ear

Det

ail X

Side

vie

w, f

ront

* S

eal

- ad

hesi

ve t

ape,

min

imum

of

two

seal

s pe

r ca

ppin

g, s

crew

s flu

sh w

ith s

urfa

ce

1P

lace

men

t of

sea

ls, S

PU

cov

er -

fro

nt a

nd r

ear

2P

lace

men

t of

sea

ls, c

appi

ng -

fron

t an

d re

ar

1

2

11 1

1

1

2

2*

22

DN

100/

NPS

4”

DN

80/N

PS3”

For

DN

10

0,

NP

S4

” fr

om m

anuf

actu

ring

year

20

04

an

d D

N8

0, N

PS

3”


Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Figure 60 Sealing plan, part 3 (forged version)

Side

vie

w, re

arSi

de v

iew,

fron

tFr

ont v

iew

1

1

1

1

1

Plac

emen

t of s

eals

, SPU

cov

er fr

ont a

nd re

ar

Det

ail 3

Det

ail 1

Det

ail 2

Det

ail 1

Det

ail 2

Det

ail 3

1

1

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Figure 61 Sealing plan, part 4

alternatively

13 2

1 Safety hoop

2 Cross pin screw M4 DIN404

3 Seal place for front- and back cover

1 32


Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Figure 62 Examples: Main type plates on the signal processing unit (right: including conformity label)

Figure 63 Example: Type plate on the meter body

0044

Min. Mediumstemperatur Min. Gas Temperature

Max. Mediumstemperatur Max. Gas Temperature

Max. Durchfluss Max. Flow rate

Min. Durchfluss Min. Flow rate

Impulswertigkeit K-Factor

Baugröße Size

Gasgruppe Ex Gas group Ex

Modellnummer Model Number

Artikelnummer Part Number

Typschlüssel Device type

Variable Bezeichnung

Min. Umgebungstemperatur Min. Ambient Temperature

Max Umgebungstemperatur Max Ambient Temperature

Seriennummer Serial Number

Baujahr Year

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

08

09

10

11

12

13

07

Verwendung

-

Trenndurchfluss

-

-

Einheit zu

use

Year short (YY)

transition flow rate

-

-

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

- Type approval

Tamb

Check Display

Tamb

Kl. M2, E2, IP66/IP67

MPE Kl. 1.0

Qmin

Qmaxcp

Tgas

Haupt-siegel

pe

Qt

unit to

unit Vol

0504

Tgas22 07

09

17

08

10

04

Einheit zu

Einheit zu

Einheit zu

Einheit zu

Einheit zu

Einheit zu

unit Vol

Einheit zu

05

06

07

08

09

10

17

unit to

unit to

unit to

unit to

unit to

unit to

unit to

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

17

2120

06 23

25

28

24

26

SICK Engineering GmbHBergener Ring 27D-01458 Ottendorf-Okrilla

SICK Engineering GmbHBergener Ring 27D-01458 Ottendorf-Okrilla

15

YearYearSerial No.Serial No.Part No.Part No.

11

Made in GermanyMade in Germany

FLOWSIC600FLOWSIC600

0000

Working PressureRange see Display

For further details seeExamination CertificateTÜV 01 ATEX 1766 X

For further details seeExamination CertificateTÜV 01 ATEX 1766 XIP66 / IP67

0101

0202

0303ApprovalSign

1212Tamb

=

Q

max

min

Q 08

09

max

04

06

10

05

Tgas 07

27

24

25

26

21

23

20

22

II 1/2G Ex de ib [ia] T4TÜV 01 ATEX 1766 X

12 ... 24 VDC

U = 16V, Ii

U =

U = 253V, P = 2,6W

= 200mA

N

m i

i

II 1/2G Ex de ib [ia] T4TÜV 01 ATEX 1766 X

12 ... 24 VDC

U = 16V, Ii

U =

U = 253V, P = 2,6W

= 200mA

N

m i

i

0102, 0044M xx

DE-08-MI002-PTB005

Bezeichnung

Conformitylabel

FLOWSIC 600

DN/NPS

TSIDPS

Weight

Fluid Gr.

PTbar

bar

kg

°C

Made in Germany0062

Year

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Prüfüberdruck

Nominale Nennweite mm/inch

Datum

Messaufnehmer Identifikation

Variable Bezeichnung

Einsatztemperaturbereich min/max

Max. Betriebsüberdruck

Gewicht

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Meter Body Identifikation

Date

Nominal Pipe Size mm/inch

Weight

Temperature Range min/max

Max. Operating Overpressure

Test Overpressure

Description

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e


AUSTRALIAPhone +61 3 9457 0600

1800 334 802 – tollfree E-Mail [email protected]

Belgium/Luxembourg Phone +32 (0)2 466 55 66 E-Mail [email protected]

Brasil Phone +55 11 3215-4900 E-Mail [email protected]

Canada Phone +1 905 771 14 44 E-Mail [email protected]

Česká Republika Phone +420 2 57 91 18 50 E-Mail [email protected]

China Phone +86 4000 121 000 E-Mail [email protected] Phone +852-2153 6300 E-Mail [email protected]

Danmark Phone +45 45 82 64 00 E-Mail [email protected]

Deutschland Phone +49 211 5301-301 E-Mail [email protected]

España Phone +34 93 480 31 00 E-Mail [email protected]

France Phone +33 1 64 62 35 00 E-Mail [email protected] Great Britain Phone +44 (0)1727 831121 E-Mail [email protected] India Phone +91–22–4033 8333 E-Mail [email protected] Israel Phone +972-4-6881000 E-Mail [email protected] Italia Phone +39 02 27 43 41 E-Mail [email protected] Japan Phone +81 (0)3 3358 1341 E-Mail [email protected] Magyarország Phone +36 1 371 2680 E-Mail [email protected] Nederland Phone +31 (0)30 229 25 44 E-Mail [email protected]

Norge Phone +47 67 81 50 00 E-Mail [email protected]

Österreich Phone +43 (0)22 36 62 28 8-0 E-Mail [email protected]

Polska Phone +48 22 837 40 50 E-Mail [email protected]

România Phone +40 356 171 120 E-Mail [email protected]

Russia Phone +7-495-775-05-30 E-Mail [email protected]

Schweiz Phone +41 41 619 29 39 E-Mail [email protected]

Singapore Phone +65 6744 3732 E-Mail [email protected]

Slovenija Phone +386 (0)1-47 69 990 E-Mail [email protected]

South Africa Phone +27 11 472 3733 E-Mail [email protected]

South Korea Phone +82 2 786 6321/4 E-Mail [email protected]

Suomi Phone +358-9-25 15 800 E-Mail [email protected]

Sverige Phone +46 10 110 10 00E-Mail [email protected]

Taiwan Phone +886 2 2375-6288 E-Mail [email protected]

Türkiye Phone +90 (216) 528 50 00 E-Mail [email protected]

United Arab Emirates Phone +971 (0) 4 88 65 878 E-Mail [email protected]

USA/México Phone +1(952) 941-6780

1 (800) 325-7425 – tollfree E-Mail [email protected]

More representatives and agenciesat www.sick.com

8010

125/

2014

-09/

V4.0

/ISu

bjec

t to

chan

ge w

ithou

t not

ice

O P E R A T I N G I N S T R U C T I O N S

Flow-XGas flow computer

1.0Title

DescriptionInstallationOperation

2 Flow-X · Operating Instructions · 8015675 V 1.0 · © SICK AG

Document Information

ProductProduct name: Flow-X

Document IDTitle: Operating Instructions Flow-XPart No.: 8015675Version: 1.0Release: 2013-03

ManufacturerSICK AGErwin-Sick-Str. 1 · D-79183 Waldkirch · GermanyPhone: +49 7641 469-0Fax: +49 7641 469-1149E-mail: [email protected]

Place of ManufactureSICK Engineering GmbHBergener Ring 27 · D-01458 Ottendorf-Okrilla · Germany

TrademarksWindows is a Microsoft Corporation trademark. Other product names used in this document may also be trade-marks and are only used for identification purposes.

Original documentsThe English edition 8015675 of this document is an original docu-ment from the manufacturer.SICK AG assumes no liability for the correctness of an unauthor-ized translation.Please contact the publisher in case of doubt.

Legal informationSubject to change without notice.

© SICK AG. All rights reserved.

Warning Symbols

Warning levels / Signal words

DANGERRisk or hazardous situation which will result in severe personal injury or death.

WARNINGRisk or hazardous situation which could result in severe personal injury or death.

CAUTIONHazard or unsafe practice which could result in personal injury or property damage.

NOTICEHazard which could result in material damage.

Information Symbols

Hazard (general)

Voltage Hazard

Explosive or combustible gas hazard

Information about use in potentially explosive atmo-spheres.

Important technical information for this product

Supplementary information

Link to information in another place

Flow-X · Operating Instructions · 8015675 V 1.0 · © SICK AG 3

Glossary

ADC Analog to Digital converter

AI Analog Input

AO Analog Output

API Application Programming Interface

An interface that allows an application to interact with another application or operating system, in our case, Flow-X. Most of the Flow-X API is implemented through Excel worksheet functions.

ASCII American Standard Code for Information Inter-change. A set of standard numerical values for printable, control, and special characters used by PCs and most other computers. Other commonly used codes for character sets are ANSI (used by Windows 3.1+), Unicode (used by Windows 95 and Windows NT), and EBCDIC (Extended Binary-Coded Decimal Interchange Code, used by IBM for main-frame computers).

Asynchro-nous

A type of message passing where the sending task does not wait for a reply before continuing process-ing. If the receiving task cannot take the message immediately, the message often waits on a queue until it can be received.

Client/server A network architecture in which each computer or process on the network is either a client or a server. Clients rely on servers for resources, such as files, devices, and even processing power. Another type of network architecture is known as a peer-to-peer architecture. Both client/server and peer-to-peer architectures are widely used, and each has unique advantages and disadvantages. Client/server archi-tectures are sometimes called two-tier architec-tures

CPU Central Processing Unit

DAC Digital to Analog Converter

DCS Distributed Control System

DDE Dynamic Data Exchange. A relatively old mecha-nism for exchanging simple data among processes in MS-Windows.

Device driver A program that sends and receives data to and from the outside world. Typically a device driver will communicate with a hardware interface card that receives field device messages and maps their con-tent into a region of memory on the card. The device driver then reads this memory and delivers the contents to the spreadsheet.

DI Digital Input

DO Digital Output

EGU Engineering Units

EIA Electrical Industries Association

Engineering units

Engineering units as used throughout this manual refers in general to the units of a tag, for example “bar”, or “ºC” and not to a type of unit, as with “metric” units, or “imperial” units.

Ethernet A LAN protocol developed by Xerox in cooperation with DEC and Intel in 1976. Standard Ethernet sup-ports data transfer rates of 10 Mbps. The Ethernet specification served as the basis for the IEEE 802.3 standard, which specifies physical and lower soft-ware layers. A newer version, called 100-Base-T or Fast Ethernet supports data transfer rates of 100 Mbps, while the newest version, Gigabit Ethernet supports rates of 1 gigabit (1000 megabits) per second.

Event Anything that happens that is significant to a pro-gram, such as a mouse click, a change in a data point value, or a command from a user.

Exception Any condition, such as a hardware interrupt or soft-ware error-handler, that changes a program's flow of control.

FET Field Effect Transistor

Fieldbus A set of communication protocols that various hard-ware manufacturers use to make their field devices talk to other field devices. Fieldbus protocols are often supported by manufacturers of sensor hard-ware. There are debates as to which of the different fieldbus protocols is the best. Popular types of field-bus protocol include Modbus, Hart, Profibus, Devicenet, InterBus, and CANopen.

GC Gas Chromatograph

GUI Graphical User Interface

HART Highway Addressable Remote Transducer. A proto-col defined by the HART Communication Founda-tion to exchange information between process control devices such as transmitters and comput-ers using a two-wire 4-20mA signal on which a digi-tal signal is superimposed using Frequency Shift Keying at 1200 bps.

HMI Human Machine Interface. Also referred to as a GUI or MMI. This is a process that displays graphics and allows people to interface with the control system in graphic form. It may contain trends, alarm summa-ries, pictures, and animations.

I/O Input/Output

IEEE Institute for Electrical and Electronics Engineers

ISO International Standards Organization

Kernel The core of Flow-X that handles basic functions, such as hardware and/or software interfaces, or resource allocation.

MIC Machine Identification Code. License code of Flow-X which uniquely identifies you computer.

MMI Man Machine Interface (see HMI)

OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer

P&ID Piping and Instrumentation Diagram

PC Personal Computer

PCB Printed Circuit Board

Peer-to-peer A type of network in which each workstation has equivalent capabilities and responsibilities. This dif-fers from client/server architectures, in which some computers are dedicated to serving the others. Peer-to-peer networks are generally simpler, but they usually do not offer the same performance under heavy loads. Peer-to-peer is sometimes shortened to the term P2P.

PLC Programmable Logic Controller. A specialized device used to provide high-speed, low-level control of a process. It is programmed using Ladder Logic, or some form of structured language, so that engi-neers can program it. PLC hardware may have good redundancy and fail-over capabilities.

PLC Programmable Logic Controller.

A specialized device used to provide high-speed, low-level control of a process. It is programmed using Ladder Logic, or some form of structured lan-guage, so that engineers can program it. PLC hard-ware may have good redundancy and fail-over capabilities.


Polling A method of updating data in a system, where one task sends a message to a second task on a regu-lar basis, to check if a data point has changed. If so, the change in data is sent to the first task. This method is most effective when there are few data points in the system. Otherwise, exception handling is generally faster.

Process visualization software

A system for monitoring and controlling for produc-tion processes, and managing related data. Typi-cally such a system is connected to external devices, which are in turn connected to sensors and production machinery.

The term “process visualization software” in this document is generally used for software with which SCADA software, HMI software, or supervisory com-puter software applications can be built. In this doc-ument, although strictly not correct, the terms “SCADA”, “HMI”, “supervisory”, and “process visu-alization” are alternately used, and refer to the computer software applications that can be real-ized with “eXLerate” PC-based supervisory soft-ware.

Protocol An agreed-up format for transmitting data between two devices. In this context, a protocol mostly refer-ences to the Data Link Layer in the OSI 7-Layer Communication Model.

Query In SCADA/HMI terms a message from a computer to a client in a master/client configuration utilizing the message protocol with the purpose to request for information. Usually, more than 1 data-point is transmitted in a single query.

Real-time The characteristic of determinism applied to com-puter hardware and/or software. A real-time pro-cess must perform a task in a determined length of time. The phrase “real-time” does not directly relate to how fast the program responds, even though many people believe that real-time means real-fast.

Resource Any component of a computing machine that can be utilized by software. Examples include: RAM, disk space, CPU time, real-world time, serial devices, network devices, and other hardware, as well as O/S objects such as semaphores, timers, file descriptors, files, etc.

RS232 EIA standard for point to point serial communica-tions in computer equipment

RS422 EIA standard for two- and four-wire differential uni-directional multi-drop serial

RS485 EIA standard for two-wire differential bidirectional multi-drop serial communications in computer equipment

RTU Remote Terminal Unit

SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition

SQL Standard Query Language

SVC Supervisory Computer

Synchronous A type of message passing where the sending task waits for a reply before continuing processing.

Tag A “tag” as used within this document refers to a data point existing in the tag database, with a num-ber of properties, such as its assigned I/O address, current value, engineering units, description, alias name, and many others.

TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol. The control mechanism used by programs that want to speak over the Internet. It was established in 1968 to help remote tasks communicate over the original ARPANET.

TTL Transistor-Transistor Logic

UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver & Transmitter

URL Uniform Resource Locator. The global address for documents and resources on the World Wide Web.

Web Server A computer that has server software installed on it and is used to deliver web pages to an intranet/Internet.

XML Extensible Markup Language. A specification for Web documents that allows developers to create custom tags that enable the definition, transmis-sion, validation, and interpretation of data con-tained therein.

Contents


1 Important Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

1.1 About this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

1.2 Main hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

1.3 Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81.3.1 Purpose of the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81.3.2 Correct use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

1.4 Responsibility of user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

2 Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

2.2 Flow-X/P enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

2.3 Flow-X/S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

2.4 Flow-X/ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

2.5 Flow X/M module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

2.6 Type plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

2.7 Multi-module mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

2.8 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132.8.1 Metrological seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132.8.2 Parameter locking switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132.8.3 Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

2.9 Advantages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

2.10 User interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142.10.1 Flow-X/P touch screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142.10.2 Touch screen panel PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152.10.3 Flow-X/M LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162.10.4 Flow-X web interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162.10.5 User interface layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

2.11 XML interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

3 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

3.1 Decisions to make . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223.1.1 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223.1.2 Capabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223.1.3 Number of modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223.1.4 Redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223.1.5 Fast Data exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233.1.6 Display requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233.1.7 Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

3.2 Mechanical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243.2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243.2.2 Flow-X/P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Contents

Contents


3.3 Electrical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253.3.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253.3.2 General connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253.3.3 Cable specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263.3.4 Location of connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263.3.5 Power supply connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273.3.6 Field connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283.3.7 9-pin D-sub connectors (serial communication) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303.3.8 Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

4 Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

4.1 Device settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

4.2 Connecting devices with HART protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334.2.1 Pressure transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334.2.2 Temperature transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

4.3 Connecting analog devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344.3.1 Pressure transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344.3.2 Temperature transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

4.4 Device configuration and connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364.4.1 FLOWSIC600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364.4.2 Pressure transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374.4.3 Checking the communication status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374.4.4 Temperature transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394.4.5 Clearing log files and reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

4.5 Metrological Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

5 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

5.1 Testing gas flow meter communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

5.2 Interface configurations of gas meter connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465.2.1 Configuration with MEPAFLOW600 CBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465.2.2 Configuration with the Flow-X flow computer, webserver or module screen . . . . . 48

5.3 Checking the measuring mode setting of the pressure transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

5.4 Checking analog temperature transmitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

6 Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

6.1 Conformities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526.1.1 CE certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526.1.2 Standard compatibility and type approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

6.2 General specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

6.3 Flow-X/M I/O specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536.3.1 I/O signal specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536.3.2 Flow calculation specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546.3.3 Supported devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

6.4 Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

6.5 Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

6.6 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

6.7 Wiring examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60



Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Flow-X

1 Important Information

About this document

Main hazards

Intended use

Responsibility of user



Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

1 . 1 About this document These Operating Instructions describe the Flow-X flow computer.

They contain basic information about the product as well as installation, start-up, opera-tion and maintenance.

These Operating Instructions only cover standard applications conforming to the specifiedtechnical data.

Additional information and assistance for special applications are available from your SICKrepresentative. We certainly recommend consulting SICK's specialists for your specialapplication.

1 . 2 Main hazards Handling or using the device incorrectly can result in personal injury or material damage.Therefore, it is imperative that you observe the following points to prevent damage.

The legal stipulations and associated technical regulations relevant for the respective sys-tem must be observed when preparing and carrying out work.

● All work must be carried out in accordance with the local, system-specific conditions and with due consideration to operating hazards and specifications.

● The Operating Instructions belonging to the Flow-X flow computer as well as system doc-umentation must be available on site.

● The instructions for preventing danger and damage contained in these documents must be observed at all times.

1 . 3 Intended use

1.3.1 Purpose of the deviceThe Flow-X flow computer measures and calculates the base volume flow rate and totalsusing standard algorithms and actual process data from connected devices like FLOWSICgas meters and transmitters.

It may only used as specified by the manufacturer.

1.3.2 Correct useThe device may only be used as described in these Operating Instructions.

Pay special attention to the following information:

● The usage of the technical data corresponds to the specifications on allowable use as well as assembly, connection, ambient and operating conditions (see the order docu-ments, device pass, type plates and documentation delivered with the device).

● All measures required to maintain the device, e.g. for maintenance and inspection, transport and storage are complied with.

1 . 4 Responsibility of user ● Only put the Flow-X flow computer into operation after reading the Operating Instruc-

tions.

● Observe all safety information.

● If anything is not clear: Please contact SICK Customer Service.

Product Description


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Flow-X

2 Product Description

Modules

Enclosure

Modes

Security


Product Description

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2 . 1 Introduction This chapter provides an overview of the SICK Flow-X flow computer.

This is a panel-mounted (“/P”) flow computer with up to four streams, and an additionalstation module with a 7" multi-lingual color touch-screen and additional serial (3x) andEthernet interfaces (2x). This flow computer can be used in both horizontal and verticalposition. Field connections are available in standard 37-pin and 9-pin D-Sub type connec-tors at the rear.

2 . 2 Flow-X/P enclosureThis is a panel-mounted (“/P”) flow computer with up to four streams, and an additionalstation module with a 7" multi-lingual color touch-screen and additional serial (3x) andEthernet interfaces (2x). This flow computer can be used in both horizontal and verticalposition. Field connections are available in standard 37-pin and 9-pin D-Sub type connec-tors at the rear.

Figure 1 Flow-X/P enclosure

This is a panel-mounted (“/P”) flow computer with up to four streams, and an additionalstation module with a 7" multi-lingual color touch-screen and additional serial (3x) andEthernet interfaces (2x). This flow computer can be used in both horizontal and verticalposition. Field connections are available in standard 37-pin and 9-pin D-Sub type connec-tors at the rear.

Product Description


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2 . 3 Flow-X/S

Figure 2 Flow-X/S enclosure

Single stream, DIN rail enclosure with direct screw terminals for field connections.

Interfaces include dual Ethernet with built-in web-server via RJ45 connectors.

Graphical LCD display with 4-8 lines for local multi-lingual display of measured & calculateddata.

2 . 4 Flow-X/ST

Figure 3 Flow-X/ST enclosure

Single stream, DIN rail enclosure with direct screw terminals for field connections as Flow-X/S, plus an additional 7" inch color touch-screen based User Interface module which con-nects to either Ethernet interface.

The touch screen module can be mounted in a panel.


Product Description

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2 . 5 Flow X/M moduleA Flow-X/M flow module usually represents on stream in your metering system.

The Flow-X/M module has its own 4-line display and 4 navigation buttons to allow inspec-tion of values and changing of parameters if required.

Figure 4 Flow module

The Flow modules are always mounted in the following enclosure a panel-mounted flowcomputer (maximum 4 modules), Flow-X/P.

A single module has the following I/O capabilities:Table 1 Summary of Flow-X/M inputs and outputs

Signal type Nr DescriptionAnalog input 6 [1]

[1] The maximum number of analog inputs plus Hart inputs is 6.

Analog transmitter input, high accuracy, 4 … 20 mA, 0 … 20 mA, 0 … 5 V, 1 … 5 VInputs are fully floating (optically isolated).

HART input 4 [1] Independent HART loop inputs, on top of the 4 … 20 mA signals (analog inputs)Support includes multi-drop for each transmitter loop

4-wire PRT inputs 2 High accuracy Pt100 inputsPulse inputs 1 [2]

[2] There are in total 16 in- and outputs available for these functions.

High speed single or dual pulse input. Frequency range 0 … 5 kHz (dual pulse ) or 0 … 10 kHz (single pulse)

Density 4 [2] Periodic time input, 100 … 5000 μsDigital Inputs 16 [2] Digital status inputsDigital Outputs 16 [2] Digital output, open collectorPulse Outputs 4 [2] Open collector, max. 100 HzSphere detector inputs 4 [2] Supports 1, 2 and 4 detector configurations mode

0.5 ms detect update rateAnalog outputs 4 Analog output for flow control, pressure control

4 … 20mA, outputs floatingProver Outputs 1 [2] Pulse output for proving applications

The output represents the corrected pulse signalSerial 2 RS485/RS232 serial input for ultrasonic meter, printer or generic,

115 kbEthernet 2 RJ45 Ethernet interface, TCP/IPPower supply 2 External, 20 … 32 V DC, nominal 24 V DC, with redundant connections

Product Description


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2 . 6 Type plateThe Flow-X type plate contains the following information: CE marking, MID approval num-ber, notified body, serial number, year of build, operating temperature according to MIDapproval (actual operating temperature is 5 to 55 °C) and test certificate number.

Figure 5 Type plate

2 . 7 Multi-module modeThe Flow-X/P enclosures usually accommodate more than one module. These modulesmay be used in standalone mode, where each module is acting as an independent flowcomputer.

The other option is to use modules in Multi-Module mode, where they exchange data overthe Ethernet. In this setup, the modules act together as one flow computer.

2 . 8 Security

2.8.1 Metrological sealAll enclosures have the option of locking the flow computer with a lead seal by an autho-rized body, to prevent access to the tamper switch of the individual modules (see below). Ina Flow-X/P (Panel) one bar is used to seal all installed modules with one lead seal.

2.8.2 Parameter locking switchEach flow module has a mechanical switch to prevent changing of the application or vitalparameters within that application.

Figure 6 Parameter locking switch

2.8.3 PasswordsAccess to the parameters and functions from the front panel or through a PC-connection isprotected by passwords.

1 2 3

1 Label with MID mark, applied after confirming MID conformity

2 MID mark, where yy is the year of the conformity

3 XXXX is the number of the Notified Body, under its responsibility the conformity was approved

Parameter locking switch


Product Description

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2 . 9 AdvantagesThe SICK Flow-X flow computer provides a flexible, scalable platform to create your flowmetering solutions. Where in other systems, flexibility also implies extensive configurationfor even the simplest application, our “Flow-Xpress Basic” configuration software guaran-tees easy configuration, and the “Flow-Xpress Professional” configuration software allowsdetailed configuration with unparalleled freedom.

2 . 1 0 User interfaces

2.10.1 Flow-X/P touch screenThe Flow-X/P has an integral 7” touch screen graphical interface that provides access toand allows for entry of all data. The touch screen is an integral part of the Flow-X/P andcan’t be detached or replaced. The interface provides access to the station module that isan integral part of the X/P itself and to the up to 4 installed flow modules.

Figure 7 Flow-X/P touch screen

Product Description


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2.10.2 Touch screen panel PCAll Flow-X flow computers can be operated with several type of touchscreen panel PCs thatrun the WinCE or Windows 32 operating system. For this purpose SICK provides the ‘Stand-aloneGUI.exe’ program that supports the following platforms:

● Windows 32 bit / x86

● WinCE5 / ARM

● WinCE6 / x86

A single touch panel can be used for multiple flow computers providing a cost-effectiveuser interface.

SICK supplies a 7” touch panel PC version for installation in a cabinet.

Figure 8 Touch Panel PC


Product Description

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2.10.3 Flow-X/M LCD displayA Flow-X/M flow module has its own local textual display that has the same capabilities asthe main user interface except for the entry of alpha-numeric characters.

Figure 9 Flow-X/M LCD display

The display provides access to the data of the local module and when the module isinstalled in a Flow-X/P also to the station module and the other modules that are installedin the same Flow-X/P.

2.10.4 Flow-X web interfaceAll Flow-X flow computers have an embedded web server that allows for remote operationthrough the common web browser programs, such as Windows Internet Explorer, MozillaFirefox, Google Chrome, Opera, etc.

The web browser provides the same capabilities as the main user interface plus anexplorer tree for easy navigation.

It also provides the option to download reports and historical data.

1 2 3

4

1 One menu level "up"2 Up in the menu or changes a value3 Selects a menu item4 Down in the menu or changes a value5 Alarm indicator

5

Product Description


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2.10.5 User interface layoutAll the Flow-X Graphical User Interfaces have the following layout and buttons.

Fig. 10 Main menu of the Flow-X flow computer

1 To the "main menu"2 One menu level "up"3 One step backward4 One step forward5 To "Login" menu6 One page up7 To end of page8 To "Alarms" menu 9 One page down

1 2 43

7

8

4

5

6

9


Product Description

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Fig. 11 Menu tree of relevant menu items of the Flow-X flow computer

Live Values

Flow Rates

Flow Meter

Configuration

System

IO

Communication

Main menu Submenu Submenu

Smart Meter

Run

COM Ports

Diagnostics

Configuration

FLOWSIC600 Flow Meter

PressureTransmitter

TemperatureTransmitter

Pressure

Temperature

COM1

Analog Inputs

Analog Inputs

FLOWSIC600Communication

FLOWSIC600Path Data

PressureCommunication

TemperatureCommunication

Product Description


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

2 . 1 1 XML interfaceThe Flow-X flow computer provides a secured XML interface in order to establish an auto-mated interface with a host computer.

Web services are available for the following data and actions:

– Alarms state and acknowledgment

– General device information

– Display menu structure

– Text translations to foreign languages

– Event logs

– Historical data archives

– List of archived reports

– Read-out of individual reports

– Read and write data values

– Units and enumerations

A document that describes the Flow-X XML interface in detail can be requested at SICK.


Product Description

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Installation


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Flow-X

3 Installation

Decisions to make

Mechanical Installation

Electrical Installation


Installation

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3 . 1 Decisions to makeThis chapter provides a short overview of considerations to be made in selecting the appro-priate Flow-X products.

3.1.1 LocationThe Flow-X modules are designed to operate in a temperature range of 5 … 55 °C(41 … 131 °F) humidity may be up to 90 %, non-condensating. In practice, the modulesare usually mounted in racks in a controlled environment such as a control room, rackroom or auxiliary room, or an analyzer house.

3.1.2 CapabilitiesThe SICK Flow-X flow computer supports an extensive list of International standard calcula-tions for Natural gas and other applications.

For example:

● AGA8, AGA10

● API chapter 21.1

● ISO 6976 (all editions)

● NX19, SGERG, PTZ

● GPA 2172

● ASME 1967 (IFC-1967) steam tables, IAPWS-IF97 steam density

3.1.3 Number of modulesA module represents one stream. An overview of the available I/O per module may befound in §6.3 (→ page 53).

Station totals may be calculated in any module in the same enclosure, including theFlow-X/P Panel display module.

Special consideration applies to serial ports. Every module has 2 serial ports. If more portsare required, the Flow-X/P may be considered as it has 3 extra serial ports.

3.1.4 RedundancyIf, for increased availability, a redundant solution is required, 2 modules per stream may beused.

To obtain maximum availability, two identical SICK Flow-X/P enclosures can be used thatoperate in redundancy mode.

All modules have integrated support for dual 24 V power supply.

CAUTION:The SICK Flow-X flow computer is neither intrinsically safe nor explosion-proof and can therefore only be used in a designated non-hazardous (safe) area.For other devices always refer to documentation supplied by the manufacturer for details of installation in a hazardous area.When connected to a device that resides in a hazardous area, it may be required to interpose safety barriers or galvanic isolators between the device and the SICK Flow-X flow computer. Refer to the device documentation for ade-quate information.

Installation


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3.1.5 Fast Data exchangeModules placed in a SICK Flow-X/P (Panel) enclosure are capable of fast data exchangewith the modules next to it, over the Ethernet. This is the so-called Multi-Module Mode.Examples are one module communicating to a Gas Chromatograph and making this dataavailable to 4 other modules, and additionally serving as a Modbus Slave to one centralDCS connection.

Each Module is capable of using the data from other modules as if it exists in its own dataspace. For this purpose the SICK Flow-X/P includes two dedicated Ethernet switches. As analternative it is possible to set up a Modbus TCP/IP link using Ethernet for data exchangebetween modules.

3.1.6 Display requirementsThe SICK Flow-X/P touch screen has the largest display area available on the flow com-puter market and allows for effective and user-friendly data display and navigation throughpages. Its multi-language-support is unique and includes non-western fonts.

This display feature is not always required. Each individual module is equipped with a localblack and white graphical display, allowing for data display and parameter setting at themodule itself. The display supports 4 to 8 lines for data and/or parameters.

Apart from these physical displays, each module incorporates a web server, allowing dis-play pages to be accessed through a standard web browser over Ethernet.

3.1.7 Power supplyAll models require 24 V DC and have integrated support for redundant power supply.


Installation

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3 . 2 Mechanical Installation

3.2.1 IntroductionThis chapter describes the mechanical aspects of all enclosures. For full drawings withsizes see §6.6 (→ page 56).

3.2.2 Flow-X/PThe panel mounted Flow-X/P requires a mounting bracket, which is part of the delivery. Thebracket is designed to allow full access to the mounted flow modules. This rack is fixed tothe back of the panel in which the Flow-X/P is to be mounted. The flow computer slides inat the front of the panel, and the screw fixes the two together.

Figure 12 Flow-X/P mounting bracket

All connectors for power, field wiring and communication are located at the back of theFlow-X/P. For each module, 2 sub-D connectors (37-pin) contain all field signals. Additionalconnectors exist for 3 the serial ports of the display module, and 2 ethernet RJ45 connec-tions. A 24 V DC Power connector completes the lot. See §3.3 (→ page 25) for connectordetails.

The modules that are inserted into the Flow-X/P are locked in place with a bar with the pos-sibility to seal to prevent any unnoticed unauthorized access.

Figure 13 Flow-X/P rear view (mounted) .

Flow-X/P mounted (side view)

● The 9-pin D-sub connectors are male.● The 37-pin D-sub connectors are female.

Installation


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3 . 3 Electrical Installation

3.3.1 IntroductionThis chapter provides details on all aspects of the electrical installation, including field wir-ing, communication, power supply and earthing. Since all models use the same Flow-X/Mmodule, the connection diagrams in this chapter apply to all models.

The Flow-X modules are fully configurable through software. No dipswitches or jumpersneed to be set inside. There are no user-replaceable fuses or other components inside.Opening a module will void any warranty.

For easy reference, the connector details are presented first. Loop diagrams and additionalconnection drawings are to be found below.

3.3.2 General connectionThe following chapter describes the connection to a single module of a Flow-X flow com-puter. Proceed accordingly if more modules are to be connected.

Figure 14 General connection

CAUTION:The SICK Flow-X flow computer is neither intrinsically safe nor explosion-proof and can therefore only be used in a designated non-hazardous (safe) area.For other devices always refer to documentation supplied by the manufacturer for details of installation in a hazardous area.When connected to a device that resides in a hazardous area, it may be required to interpose safety barriers or galvanic isolators between the device and the SICK Flow-X flow computer. Refer to the device documentation for ade-quate information.

Safe area

Hazardous area

Pressure Temperature

Flow-XFlow computer

FLOWSIC600

Gas volume at base conditions

(Ex i isolating transformer only required for intrinsically safe installation)


Installation

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3.3.3 Cable specifications

Serial port (RS485)

3.3.4 Location of connectorsThe Flow-X/P flow computer is the panel-mounted version that has a touch-screen and cancontain up to 4 Flow-X/M flow modules.

Power, I/O, and communication terminals are on the back of the flow computer. The touch-screen module processes the two RJ45 connectors (for Ethernet) and three 9-pin D-submale connectors (for serial communications). These connections are functional even withno flow module installed. The first serial communications port only supports RS232, theother both RS232 and RS485.

Furthermore there are eight 37-pin D-sub female connectors for the I/O and serial commu-nication ports of the 4 flow modules. Only the connections for the actual installed flowmodules can be used.

The three 9-pin D-sub connectors are the serial ports of the Display module. These portsmay be used to communicate to devices such as a gas chromatograph, or a DCS. COM1 isRS232 only, COM2 and COM3 may be individually configured for RS232 or RS485.

LAN1 and LAN2 are Ethernet connectors, to connect your Flow-X/P to your network. Themodules are used in Multi-module mode. The individual Ethernet connections of eachmodule are not used in a Flow-X/P.

Specification Notes

Type of cable

Twisted pair, shielded,Cable impedance approx. 100…150Low cable capacitance: 100 pF/m

Connect shielding at other end to ground terminal

Min./ max. cross-section

2 x 0.5/1 mm2 (2 x 20-18 AWG)

Maximum cable length

300 m at 0.5 mm² (1600 ft for 20 AWG)500 m at 0.75 mm² (3300 ft for 20 AWG)

Do not connect unused conductor pairs and pre-vent them from accidental short-circuit

Cable diameter 6 ... 12 mm (1/4 to 1/2 inch)Fixing range of the cable glands

For more details concerning the cable specifications, please see Section "Cable specifications" of Operating Instructions "FLOWSIC600".

● Power supply connector → page 27, §3.3.5

Installation


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Fig. 15 Location of connectors

3.3.5 Power supply connectorThe Flow-X flow computer provides redundant power connections that may be connected totwo power supplies. The two power supplies may operate independently and there is noneed for a redundant power supply. When the in-use power supply fails, the flow computerwill automatically switch to the other power supply without any loss of power. The Flow-Xflow computers use an 8-pin terminal block for connecting one or two external power sup-plies. The primary connection must always be used, the secondary is optional.

The primary power supply must be connected a (the) “24 V DC – Primary” terminal and oneof the “0 – V DC” terminals. The optional secondary power supply must be connected to a(the) “24 V DC – Secondary” terminals and one of the “0 V” terminals.

Figure 16 Flow-X power terminal block

For more details on the existing connections, see Section "Electrical installa-tion" of the "Flow-X Flow Computer" Technical Information.

X1A

X2B

Power 24 V

1

39

ETH 1

ETH 2

X1B

X1A

Power 24 VETH 2

ETH 1

Flow-X/S Flow-X/P

X2A X4A

X3A

COM 3

COM 2

COM 1

X2B

X3B

X4B

Table 2 Flow-X power terminal block

Pin Description Indication on Flow-X 1 24 V – Primary +12 24 V – Primary +13 24 V – Secondary +24 24 V – Secondary +25 0 V –6 0 V –7 0 V –8 0 V –

8 1


Installation

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3.3.6 Field connectionsThe FLOWSIC600 gas flow meter is connected from terminal 81/82 to the serial COMport 1 of the used module of the flow computer. For connection with a 2-wire RS-485 con-nection, it is sufficient to use the Tx+ and Tx terminals.

The pressure transmitter is connected to the Analog 1/HART 1 connector whereas the tem-perature transmitter is connected to the Analog 2/HART 2 connector of the used module ofthe flow computer

Electrical installation

The location and type of the connections varies between the individual Flow-X flow com-puter models.

Fig. 17 Field connections

Fig. 18 General transmitter connection with internal supply 24 V

Both transmitters can obtain their 24 V supply voltage via internal supply from the Flow-X flow computer and can be connected accordingly. it is possible that additional cables are required for this purpose. An external supply is possible; the correct connection is described on → p. 23, §3.1.7.

RS485

Analog 1

Analog 2

Flow computer

81 +82 -

24 V out

0 V

Analog input signal

Analog input common

(0) 4 - 20 mA transm.

Installation


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

See the following Tables and Figures for the exact location and type of the relevant connec-tions.

Figure 19 Multi-stream installation

Table 3 37-pin connector (Flow-X/P)

NOTICE:This manual describes single stream installation. In case of a multi-stream installation, use the connectors of the corresponding stream according to Figure 19.

1 2 3 4

D-sub A

D-sub B

1 Stream 12 Stream 23 Stream 34 Stream 4

Connected deviceTerminal ID

Flow-X/P connector

Flow-X/P pin

Serial Com Port 1 Gas flow meterTRx+ X1A 1

TRx- X1A 2

Analog/HART Input 1 Pressure transmitter+ X1A 32- X1A 33

Analog/HART Input 2Temperature trans-mitter

+ X1A 34- X1A 35

24 V outPressure or tempera-ture transmitter

X1A 50 V common X1A 90 V common X1A 11


Installation

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Table 4 39-pin connector (Flow-X/S)

3.3.7 9-pin D-sub connectors (serial communication)These connectors are only available on the Flow-X/P model. They connect to the threeserial COM ports of the display module. The connectors on the Flow-X/P are male(→ Figure 20). A connecting cable must have a female connector.

The 9-pin D-sub male connectors have the following pin connections.

Figure 20 D-sub connectors

3.3.8 EthernetThe Flow-X/P flow computers provide two standard RJ45 Ethernet connections.

Whether or not these Ethernet plugs can be used for communication depends on the soft-ware configuration. When the corresponding flow module operates autonomously, so not ina multi-module configuration, the two Ethernet connections can be used to communicatewith the flow module. This is also true when the flow module is the “first” flow computer ina multi-module configuration. “First” means first in the software application, which doesnot necessarily correspond with the physical position within the rack.

Connected deviceTerminal ID

Flow-X/Sconnector

Flow-X/S pin

Serial Com Port 1 Gas flow meterTRx+ X1B 32TRx- X1B 33

Analog/HART Input 1 Pressure transmitter+ X1B 11- X1B 12

Analog/HART Input 2Temperature trans-mitter

+ X1B 13- X1B 14

24 V outPressure or tempera-ture transmitter

X1A 10 V common X1A 20 V common X1A 4

Table 5 9-pin D-sub connector pin connections for Flow-X/P

Pin COM 1 RS232 only

COM 2 / COM 3RS232 | RS485 (2-wire) | RS485 (4-wire)

1 – | – | Rx–2 Rx Rx | – | Rx+3 Tx Tx | Sig–| Tx–4 – | Sig+| Tx+5 0 V 0 V67 RTS8 CTS9

37-pin female 9-pin male

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Flow-X

4 Commissioning

Device settings

Connecting devices with HART protocol

Connecting analog devices

Configuration and connection check


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4 . 1 Device settingsDevice settings can be changed via the touchscreen of the Flow-X flow computer, the inte-grated web server of the Flow-X flow computer or the integrated screen of the module used.

Menu navigation is identical on all variants.

A login is required if settings are to be changed using the menu of the Flow-X flow computeror using the integrated web server.

1 Touch or click the "Login" button.

Fig. 21 "Login" menu of the Flow-X flow computer

2 Enter your username and the associated password.

3 Confirm with "Login".

If changes are to be made using the module screen, login with your pin in the "Login" menu.

Fig. 22 "Login" menu of the module screen

Login

User name Password Pin code Security leveloperator sick 000123 500

tech tech 000789 750

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4 . 2 Connecting devices with HART protocol▸ Connect the transmitters as described in chapter "Electrical Installation".

4.2.1 Pressure transmitter1 Go to Configuration/Run/Pressure.

2 Set "Meter pressure input type" to "HART".

Fig. 23 Configuration/Run/Pressure

3 Go to IO/Diagnostics/Analog inputs.

4 The value of "Analog input 1 value" must be approx. 4 mA.

Fig. 24 IO/Diagnostics/Analog inputs

4.2.2 Temperature transmitter1 Go to Configuration/Run/Pressure.

2 Set "Meter Temperature input type" to "HART".


The value of "Analog input 2 value" must be approx. 4 mA.

Please note: Minor deviations are possible.



Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4 . 3 Connecting analog devices

4.3.1 Pressure transmitter1 Go to Configuration/Run/Pressure.

2 Set "Meter pressure input type" to "Analog input".



The value of "Analog input 1 value" must be between 4 mA and 20 mA.

Check whether these are error values defined by the device and check the function of thetransmitter if this is not the case.

Adapting the scale in the flow computer to the working range of the transmitter

1 Go to IO/Configuration/Analog inputs.

2 Set "Analog input 1 full scale" to the maximum value of the measuring range of the pressure transmitter.

3 Set "Analog input 1 zero scale" to the minimum value of the measuring range of the pressure transmitter.

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Fig. 26 IO/Configuration/Analog inputs

4.3.2 Temperature transmitter1 Go to Configuration/Run/Pressure.

2 Set "Meter Temperature input type" to "Analog input".


The value of "Analog input 2 value" must be between 4 mA and 20 mA.

Check whether these are error values defined by the device and check the function of the transmitter if this is not the case.



2 Set "Analog input 2 full scale" to the maximum value of the measuring range of the tem-perature transmitter.

3 Set "Analog input 2 zero scale" to the minimum value of the measuring range of the temperature transmitter.


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4 . 4 Device configuration and connection check

4.4.1 FLOWSIC600

Checking the communication status

1 Go to Communication/FLOWSIC600 Flow meter/FLOWSIC600 Communication.

2 Check the "Communication status“:

When the "Communication Status" is set to "OK", the correct device ID has already been set on the flow computer.

Fig. 27 Communication/Flowsic600 Flow Meter/FLOWSIC600 Communication

Changing the device ID

1 Go to Communication/FLOWSIC600 Flow meter/FLOWSIC600 Communication.

2 Change the "Modbus server/slave ID" to the device ID set in the device.

3 Check the communication status again.

4 If necessary, check the communication protocol used (SICK MODBUS ASCII for FLOWSIC600 or ASCII for the Flow-X flow computer).

Changing the protocol type is possible only via the MEPAFLOW600 CBM software for FLOWSIC600 or via the Flow-Xpress software for the flow computer.

For more information, see Section "Configuration with MEPAFLOW600 CBM".

5 In menu item "Flow rates", check whether the flow computer receives data from the gas flow meter under "Gross volume flow rate".

These must match the flow rate indicated by the gas flow meter.

Fig. 28 Menu "Flow rates"

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

6 Go to Communication/Flowsic600 Flow Meter/Flowsic600 Path Data.

7 Check whether there are data on the individual paths.

Fig. 29 Communication/Flowsic600 Flow meter/FLOWSIC600 Path data

4.4.2 Pressure transmitter

4.4.3 Checking the communication status1 Go to Communication/Pressure Hart/Pressure Communication.

2 Check the "Communication status“:


Fig. 30 Communication/Pressure Hart/ Pressure Communication


1 Go to Communication/Pressure Transmitter/Pressure Communication.

2 Change the "HART slave ID" to the device ID set in the device.


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e


4 Go to "Live Values/Run".

5 Check whether the flow computer receives data from the pressure transmitter under "Meter pressure".

Fig. 31 Menu "Live Values/Run"

Changing the measuring mode

Depending on the measuring mode of the pressure transmitter, it is necessary to alternatebetween overpressure measurement and absolute pressure measurement in the Flow-Xflow computer.

1 Go to Configuration/Run/Pressure.

2 Change the "meter pressure input units" to "absolute" or "gauge", depending on the transmitter configuration.

3 If anything is unclear, check the transmitter configuration.

Note: The reference value of the ambient pressure is 101.325 kPa.

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e


4.4.4 Temperature transmitter

Checking the communication status

1 Go to Communication/Temperature Transmitter/Temperature Communication.

2 Check the "Communication Status“:



1 Go to Communication/Temperature Transmitter/Temperature Communication.

2 Change the "HART slave ID" to the device ID set in the device.


4 Go to "Live Values/Run".

5 Check whether the flow computer receives data from the temperature transmitter under "Meter temperature".


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4.4.5 Clearing log files and reportsAfter the start-up of all devices, it is recommended to clear the event logs and reports cre-ated during the commissioning in the Flow-X flow computer.

Select and confirm "Reset totals", "Clear reports", "Clear archives" and "Clear print-queue".

Fig. 33 System/Reset

Commissioning


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

4 . 5 Metrological Settings

The following settings are required by MID (Measuring Instrument Directive).

▸ Select: Display > Metrological, Accountable alarm

This display is only visible if “MID compliance” (Configuration, Overall setup, Overall setup) is enabled.

Table 6 Metrological settings

Setting Security level DescriptionQmin 1000 Low range value (minimum allowable flow rate) of the flow

meter. If the flow rate is below this value then the accountable alarm is raised

Qmax 1000 High range value (maximum allowable flow rate) of the flow meter. If the flow rate is above this value then the accountable alarm is raised


Commissioning

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Troubleshooting


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Flow-X

5 Troubleshooting

Testing gas flow meter communication

Interface configurations of gas meter connection


Troubleshooting

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

5 . 1 Testing gas flow meter communication

MEPAFLOW CBM

Software MEPAFLOW600 CBM is mainly used in the following for configuring theFLOWSIC600 gas flow meter.

Fig. 34 MEPAFLOW600 CBM graphical user interface

For more details concerning the software and its use, see Section "MEPAFLOW600 CBM" of the Operating Instructions FLOWSIC600.

Troubleshooting


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Connection check

If there is no flow on the gas flow meter itself, it is still possible to check the connection ofthe device.

1 Go to Flow Meter/Smart Meter in the menu of the Flow-X flow computer.

"Flow meter input failure" reads O, since there is no error

As there is no gas flow, "Meter active" is set to "No".

Fig. 35 Flow Meter/Smart Meter

2 Open the MEPAFLOW600 CBM software on the computer connected to the gas flow meter.

3 Change from File/Operation Mode to File/Configuration Mode.

4 Confirm the message with "Yes".

Fig. 36 Change to configuration mode

5 Select the "Parameters" option under "Meter" in the menu bar.

6 Select "Meter setup" in the menu.

7 Select register #7166 "TestFlowRate".

8 Change the register value to any optional value.

9 Confirm the input with "Write register".

For more details concerning the installation and use of MEPAFLOW600 CBM, see Section "Connecting to the FLOWSIC600 with MEPAFLOW600 CBM" of Operating Instructions "FLOWSIC600".

The flow computer shows the error message "Flow meter measurement fail" which can be ignored until returning to Operation Mode. The error message then disappears automatically.


Troubleshooting

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Fig. 37 Determining the flow rate

10 Go to "Flow rates" in the menu of the flow computer.

11 Check whether the value for "Gross volume flow rate" matches the set register value.

Fig. 38 Menu "Flow rates"

12 Then return to "Operation Mode" via MEPAFLOW600.

5 . 2 Interface configurations of gas meter connection

5.2.1 Configuration with MEPAFLOW600 CBM1 Open the MEPAFLOW600 CBM software on the computer which is connected to the gas

flow meter.

2 In the menu bar, change from "Operation Mode" to "Configuration Mode"under "File".

Troubleshooting


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

3 Confirm the message with "Yes".

4 Select the "Parameters" option under "Meter" in the menu bar.

5 Select "Meter setup" in the menu and then menu item "Serial interface".

6 Select register 5023 "RS485-1(33/34)ControlReg:".

Fig. 39 Change the interface


Troubleshooting

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

7 On the right side of the screen, under "Protocol", change the communication type, baud rate, data bits, parity and stop bits.

Fig. 40 Interface

8 Confirm the input with "Write register".

Please note: Settings on the interface only become effective when returning to "Opera-tion Mode".

5.2.2 Configuration with the Flow-X flow computer, webserver or module screenLogin is required to change settings. Proceed as explained in chapter "Connection ofDevices".

1 Go to System/Modules/Module 1/COM Ports/COM1.

2 Change baud rate, data bits, parity and stop bits to the values set in MEPAFLOW600 CBM.

Fig. 41 System/COM Ports/COM1 > Change screen RS485

The values specified here are the standard values defined in the Flow-X flow computer.

Deviating configurations must be set in the Flow-X flow computer and in FLOWSIC600

Troubleshooting


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

5 . 3 Checking the measuring mode setting of the pressure transmitter▸ Go to "Live Values".

The pressure transmitter does not yet measure the pressure

● The value of "Meter Pressure" for absolute pressure is "1".

● The value of "Meter Pressure" for overpressure is "0".

The set measuring mode of the transmitter has to be changed if this is not the case.

Pressure transmitter already measuring

The set measuring mode of the transmitter has to be changed if both the values of "Meterpressure" for absolute pressure and for overpressure are negative and the error message"Compressibility calculation error" is shown.

Changing the transmitter measuring mode

1 Go to Configuration/Run/Pressure.

2 Change the "meter pressure input units" to "absolute" or "gauge", depending on trans-mitter configuration.

If anything is unclear, check the transmitter configuration.

Note: The reference value of the ambient pressure is 101.325 kPa.

5 . 4 Checking analog temperature transmittersIf incorrect temperature values or error messages are indicated by an analog temperaturetransmitter, check the scaling set for the transmitter.



2 Set "Analog input 2 full scale" to the maximum value of the indicator value of the tem-perature transmitter.

3 Set "Analog input 2 zero scale" to the minimum value of the indicator value of the tem-perature transmitter.



Troubleshooting

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Flow-X

6 Appendix

Conformities

General specifications

I/O specifications

Dimensions

Wiring examples


Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

6 . 1 Conformities

6.1.1 CE certificateThe Flow-X flow computer has been developed, manufactured and tested in accordancewith the following EC directives:

● EMC Directive 2004/108/EC

● MID Directive 2004/22/EC

Conformity with above directives has been verified. The equipment has been designatedthe CE label.

6.1.2 Standard compatibility and type approvalThe Flow-X flow computer conforms to the following norms, standards or recommenda-tions:

● EN 61000-6-4

● EN12405-1, A2

● AGA 10

● AGA 8

Type approval for commercial or custody transfer has been granted by the relevant authori-ties, e.g.:

● MID Approval, NMI (Nederlands Meetinstituut): T10548

6 . 2 General specifications

Other specifications

Item Type Description QuantityTemperature Operating Operating range temperature +5 … +55 °CTemperature Storage Storage range temperature –20 … +70 °CProcessor Freescale i.MX processor with math coprocessor, and FPGA 400 MHzMemory RAM Program Memory 50 MBFlash FRAM Permanent storage / data logging storage 32 MBData Storage Memory

MMC Storage memory for data logging 1024 MB

Clock RTC Real time clock with internal lithium cell, Accuracy better than 1 s/day

Item SpecificationMTBF 5 years minimumEMC EN 61326-1997 industrial locations

EN 55011Casing EN 60950

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

6 . 3 Flow-X/M I/O specifications

6.3.1 I/O signal specifications Table 7 Analog signals specifications

Signal Nr Type DescriptionAnalog input 6[1]

[1] Total number of analog inputs + HART inputs = 6.

4 … 20 mA,0 … 20 mA,0 … 5 V, or 1 … 5 V

Analog transmitter inputHigh accuracy (error <0.008 % FS, resolution 24 bits)For (for example) 3xdP, P, T. Inputs are fully floating (optically isolated).

Temperature input 2 PRT Analog Pt100 input. –220 … +220 °C for 100 Ω input. Resolution 0.02 °C Max. error:● 0 … +50 °C: 0.05 °C● –220 … +220 °C: 0.5 °C

Hart modems 4[1] HART Loop inputs for HART transmitters, on top of the first 4 analog input signals.

Analog output 4 4 … 20 mA,0 … 20 mA, or 1 … 5 V.

Analog output for PID, pressure control valve. 12 bits A DC, 0.075 % fs. Update rate 0.1 s.

Table 8 Digital signals specifications

Signal Nr Type DescriptionDual pulse input 1[1]

[1] Total number of digital inputs + digital outputs + pulse outputs + density inputs + sphere detector inputs = 16.

High impedance High speed USM meter input, pulse count. Trigger level 0.5 V. Max. level 30 V. Frequency range 0 … 5 kHz (dual pulse), or 0 … 10 kHz (single pulse). Compliant with ISO6551, IP252, and API 5.5. True Level A implementation.

Digital input 16[1] High impedance Digital status input, or prover inputs. 0.5 ms detect update rate for 2 inputs, others 250 ms max.

Digital output 16[1] Open collector Digital output for relays etc. (0.5 A DC). Rating 100 mA @24 V. Update rate at cycle time.

Prover output 1[1] Open collector Two related pulse outputs, for proving applications. One output is the highest value of the dual pulse inputs, and the other output the difference between the dual input pulses. The outputs are On-Off-HighZ.

Pulse output 4[1] Open collector Max. 100 Hz

Table 9 Communication specifications

Signal Nr Type DescriptionSerial 2 RS485/422/232 Multi-purpose serial communication interface

Minimum 110 baud, maximum 256000 baudEthernet 2 RJ45

100 Mbit/sEthernet interface - TCP/IP


Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

6.3.2 Flow calculation specifications

6.3.3 Supported devices

Table 10 Certified flow calculations

Library of certified flow calculationsSupports AGA9API chapter 21.1ISO 6976 (all editions)NX19SGERGPTZGPA 2172ASME 1967 (IFC-1967) steam tables,IAPWS-IF97 steam density

Table 11 Standard flow calculations

Standard flow calculationsBatch and period recalculation (meter factor, BS&W, density, etc.)Unlimited number of period and batch totals and flow and time weighted averages. Periods can be of any type. Maintenance totalizers are supportedCalibration curve up to unlimited number of points (linear and polynomial).Prover support: uni-directional, bi-directional (2 / 4 detector inputs), compact prover, master meter, dual chronometry, pulse interpolation.Control:– PID control– valve control – prove control – batch controlAll common spreadsheet functions to obtain maximum flexibility.

Table 12 Standard supported devices

Standard supported devicesUltrasonic Flow Meters– SICK FLOWSIC product familyAll major gas chromatographs– All major gas chromatographs– ABB– Daniel– Instromet– Siemens– Any Modbus-supporting Gas chromatograph

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

6 . 4 Power consumption

The power supply input circuits of the Flow-X/P0 and the Flow-X/M flow modules areequipped with an auto-fuse, rated at 30 V DC and 1.1 A each.

E.g. a Flow-X/P4, which is a Flow-X/P with 4 Flow-X/M flow modules has a nominal powerconsumption of 1.5 A (0.3 A of Flow-X/P0 + 4 × 0.3 A for each flow module) and a peakconsumption of 4.0 A at startup.

6 . 5 Weight

Table 13 Power consumption at 24 V DC [1]

[1] Excluding supply of external transmitter loops.

Device Nominal value Peak value at startupFlow X/P0 0.3 A 0.8 AFlow X/M (flow module) 0.3 A 0.8 A

Table 14 Weight of single components

Component WeightFlow-X/M (single flow module) 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs)Flow-X/P0 (without flow modules) 3.6 kg (8.0 lbs)

Table 15 Weight of combined products

Product WeightFlow X/P1 4.4 kg (9.8 lbs)Flow X/P2 5.2 kg (11.6 lbs)Flow X/P3 6.0 kg (13.4 lbs)Flow X/P4 6.8 kg (15.2 lbs )


Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

6 . 6 DimensionsFigure 42 Flow-X/P dimensions

front view side view

[inch] mm rear view [inch] mm

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Figure 43 Flow-X/P bracket dimensions

Figure 44 Flow-X/ST dimensions

side view

[inch] mm


Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Figure 45 Flow-X/S horizontal dimensions

Figure 46 Flow-X/S vertical dimensions

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Figure 47 Flow-X/S wall mount dimensions

Figure 48 Flow-X/S wall mount side view dimensions


Appendix

Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

6 . 7 Wiring examples

Figure 49 Non-intrinsically safe installation

= +

12

34

56

78

910

11

12

13

Non Hazard Area

EN

60

07

9-1

4

24V DC +

24V Gnd

ExplosionHazard Location

F.

Rif

fer

SICK Engineering GmbH

Bergenerring 27

01458 Ottendorf-Okrilla

Tel.: +(49) 35205 524 10

13.03.2013

Date

created

released

Standard

Date Name

Rev. ECN

Configuration: Flow-X/P1

Sheet 1

FLOWSIC 600

RS 485

Modbus

31+

32-

33+

34-

51+

52-

41+

42-

81+

82-

1 (+)

2 (-)

.

For further details see

!

WARNING!

Incorrect cabling may cause

operation manual of the

individual device.

RS485 Modbus - approx. impedance 120 Ohm

maximum length: 500 m

EC-Typ-Examination Certificate

For Safety/Entity - Parameters see

Compliance CSA 1298901

Certificate of Conformity

TÜV 01 ATEX 1766 X resp. Certificate of

Flowsic 600 Certificates

Network

SCADA

2x2x0,5 mm²

Li2YCYv(TP)

2x2x0,5 mm²

Li2YCYv(TP)

2x2x0,5 mm²

Li2YCYv(TP)

2x1,5 mm²

NYY-O

the devices to fail!

Flow computer Flow-X

2x1,5 mm²

NYY-O

Flow-X/P1

X1A

ETH 1

ETH 2

24 VDC

Power supply

0V

0V

+24V

TRx-

TRx+

+AI1

-AI1

+AI2

-AI2

Pressure

Temperature

(internally linked)

5-6-

1

2

5

9

11

32

33

34

35

2+1+

ProcessTransmitter

p

Pressure

PE

4...20 mA or HART

loop powered

T

ProcessTransmitter

TemperaturePE

4...20 mA or HART

loop powered

Non-intrinsically-safe installation / Ex e

Fuses for field terminals:

Very fast acting type (FF-Type)

before change.

Additional surge protection is

recommended in case of powerful or

recurrent strokes of lightning.

In case of blow out look for reason

Screen

Screen

Screen

Fuse 100mAsuper fast



Fuse 1Afast

-X

Drawing: E_94816

Appendix


Subj

ect t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otic

e

Figure 50 Intrinsically safe installation

= +

12

34

56

78

910

11

12

13

Non Hazard Area

EN

60

07

9-1

4

24V DC +

24V Gnd

ExplosionHazard Location

Intrinsically-safe installation / Ex i

F.

Rif

fer

SICK Engineering GmbH

Bergenerring 27

01458 Ottendorf-Okrilla

Tel.: +(49) 35205 524 10

13.03.2013

Date

created

released

Standard

Date Name

Rev. ECN

Configuration: Flow-X/P1

Sheet 1

FLOWSIC 600

RS 485

Modbus

31+

32-

33+

34-

51+

52-

41+

42-

81+

82-

1 (+)

2 (-)

.

For further details see

!

WARNING!

Incorrect cabling may cause

operation manual of the

individual device.

RS485 Modbus - approx. impedance 120 Ohm

maximum length: 500 m

EC-Typ-Examination Certificate

For Safety/Entity - Parameters see

Compliance CSA 1298901

Certificate of Conformity

TÜV 01 ATEX 1766 X resp. Certificate of

Flowsic 600 Certificates

National regulation must be observed.

in EU in accordance with EN 60079-14

in North America

in accordance with

NEC and CEC, see

Intrinsic safety installation:

Network

SCADA

Ex

safety barrier

Power Supply

24 VDC +

-

+

-

Intrinsic safety circuits

Non Intrinsic safety circuits

Screen

Screen

Screen

Screen

Screen

Screen

2x2x0,5 mm²

Li2YCYv(TP)

2x2x0,5 mm²

Li2YCYv(TP)

2x2x0,5 mm²

Li2YCYv(TP)

2x2x0,5 mm²

Li2YCYv(TP)

2x2x0,5 mm²

Li2YCYv(TP)

2x2x0,5 mm²

Li2YCYv(TP)

2x1,5 mm²

NYY-O

2x1,5 mm²

NYY-O

2x1,5 mm²

NYY-O

2x1,5 mm²

NYY-O

2x1,5 mm²

NYY-O

Control Drawing 781.00.02 (for FL600)

the devices to fail!

Flow computer Flow-X

2x1,5 mm²

NYY-O

Flow-X/P1

X1A

ETH 1

ETH 2

24 VDC

Power supply

0V

0V

+24V

TRx-

TRx+

+AI1

-AI1

+AI2

-AI2

Pressure

Temperature

(internally linked)

5-6-

1

2

5

9

11

32

33

34

35

2+1+

ProcessTransmitter

p

Pressure

PE

4...20 mA or HART

loop powered

T

ProcessTransmitter

TemperaturePE

4...20 mA or HART

loop powered

Ex

safety barrier

4...20mA or HART

24VDC

+

-

+

-

+

-

Ex

safety barrier

4...20mA or HART

24VDC

+

-

+

-

+

-

Ex

safety barrier

24VDC

RS485 / 2 wire

TRx+

TRx-

+

-

TRx+

TRx-

Drawing: E_94817

8015

675/

2013

-03

(V1.

0) |

Sub

ject

to c

hang

e w

ithou

t not

ice


SICK worldwide

You will find our local subsidiary

or agency at:

www.sick.com

Your local sales and service partner

Flow-X

Documents

FLOWSIC150 Carflow Ultrasonic Flowmeter - 4.imimg.com · FLOWSIC150 Carflow Ultrasonic Flowmeter ... The two ultrasonic sen-sors in each circuit operate alternately as sender